1993 GMC Jimmy Owners

U
9 9 3
Owner's Manual
,THESTRENGTH OF EXPERIENCE,
REPRODUCTION X931 1
c
INTRODUCTION
is93 GMC Jimmy Owner3 Manual

Welcome
Thismanualwasprepared to acquaint you with the operation and
maintenanceofyour 1993 GMC Jimmyandtoprovideimportantsafety
information. There is also a GMC Truck Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet. In some' vehicles, there can be information manuals from
other manufacturers like body builders or special equipment companies. We
urgeyoutoreviewallthesepublicationscarefully.This wil helpyouenjoy
safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle.
When it comes to service, keep in mind that your GMC Truckdealerknows
your vehicle best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. Your dealer
invites you to return for all of your service needs both during and after the
warrantyperiod.
Remember, if you have a concern and need help handling it to your
satisfaction,seetheprocedure in the GMC TruckWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet,
Thanks for choosing a GMC Truckproduct.Wevalueyouasamember of
theGMCTruckfamily.Wewanttoassureyouofourcontinuinginterest in
your pleasure and satisfaction with your vehicle.
GMCTruckDivision
GeneralMotorsCorporation
Pontiac,Michigan
@Copyright 1992 General Motors Corporation, GMC Truck Division.

All Rights Reserved
Second Edition Printed in U.S.A.
I
INTRODUCTION
ImportantNotes to Ownersand Drivers
. . , .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthis.manual in yourvehicle, so .it
will bethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reon-theroad. If yousellthe
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual in it so thenewownercanuseit.
Thismanualincludesthelatestinformation at thetime it wasprinted.We
reservetheright to make changes in the product after that time without
further notice. For vehicles first sold .in Canada, substitute, the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for GMCTruckDivisionwhenever it appears in
thismanual.
. . . .About Driving Your Jimmy: As withothervehiclesofthistype,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in lossofcontrol or an
accident.Besureto read the“on-pavement”and “off-road” drivingguidelines
in thismanual.(See“DrivingGuidelines”and“Off-RoadDrivingWithYour
Four-wheelDriveVehicle” in theIndex.)
. . . .For CanadianOwners Who Prefer a FrenchLanguageManual:
Aux proprietaires canadiens: Vouspouvez vous procurerunexemplairede
ceguideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireouauDGNMarketing
ServicesLtd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,Ontario L5T 1C7.
G M C
TRUCI
GMCTRUCK
=l
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, GMC, and JlMMY are registered
trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
ii
Model Reference
This manual covers these utility models:
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
iv
Section
This section tells you how to use your manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.
This section tells you how td use your seats and safety belts
properly.
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle,
3 ’
”his section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort
controls and how to operate your audio system.
4. Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
5 This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while

driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.
7 This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and

what fluids and lubricants to use.
This section tells you how to contact your GM division for

assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting Safety Defects”.
9 Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost, every subject in this

manual. You can use it to quickly find something you want to
read. . .. . .
.
V
-- r
I
.,.
-.
Y,<w
I-
..
,. . . _.
*
How T i Use This Manual
Section
Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhentheyfirst
receivetheir new vehicle.This will helpyoulearnaboutthefeaturesand
controlsforyourvehicle.Inthismanual, you’ll findthatpicturesandwords
worktogether to explainthingsquickly.
INDEX: A goodplace to lookforwhatyouneed is theIndex in backofthe
manual. It’s analphabeticallistofallthat’s in themanual,andthepage
number where you’ll find it.
SECTIONS 1-6:Eachsectionofthismanualbeginswithabrieflistofits
contents, so youcanoftenfindataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
SECTION 7: Thissectionofthismanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor
your vehicle.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMERASSISTANCE: Thissectionincludesimportant
informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe
“RoadsideAssistance’’program.You will also findcustomersatisfactionphone
numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech
impaired)aswellasthemediation/arbitrationprocedure.We’ve also included
orderinginformationforservicepublicationsinthissection.
0-1
How To Use This Manual I
Safety Warnings and Symbols

You wil findanumberofsafetycautions in thisbook.Weuseyellowand
the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if youwere to
I
ignore the warning.
you or otherpeople.
is something that could hurt
These mean there ‘1
I
In theyellowcautionarea,we tell you what the hazard is, Thenwe tell you
what to do to helpavoidorreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions. If
youdon’t,youorotherscouldbehurt.
You will alsofindaredcirclewithaslashthrough it in this book. Thissafety
symbolmeans“Don’t’’,“Don’tdothis”, or .“Don’tletthishappen.’’
AM002002
0-2
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in thisbookyou wil findthesebluenotices:
I NOTICE
In thebluenoticearea,we tell you about something that can damage your

vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
itcouldbecostly.Butthenotice will tellyouwhat to do to helpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warnings in differentcolors or in differentwords.Inthismanual,we’veused
the familiar words and colors that General Motors has used for years.
You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors,
andthewordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.
How To Use This Manual
Vehicle Symbols
These are someof the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example,
Fip-IFpi&
these symbols are used on an original battery:
L'2u
r -
Caurion Protect
Eves
Caustic
Batterv
Acid
Spark
or
Flame
Could
Possible Injury by Shielding Could
Cause burns Explode
Battery
~~
A void Sparks
or Flames
These symbols are importantfor you and your passengers whenever your
vehicle is driven:
-~
Fasten Safety Door Lock/Unlock
Belts
PO335
Thesesymbolshaveto do with your lights.
I
Master Lighting
I I Turn Signal
Hazard Warning Headlight
Switch Direction
i"""'-
I
High Beam
I 1
$0
Parking Lights Daytime Fog Lights
Running Lights
Thesesymbolsare on some of your controls:
Hood Release
L i 1 I 1 I I I
Windshield Windshield Windshield Rear bVindow Wiper
Wiper Washer Defroster
m
Rear Window--
Washer
Rear Window
Defroster
0-5
I
Ventilating Fan
1 L 0
Off
PO333
How To Use This Manual
These symbols are used onwarningand indicatorlights.
Engine Coolant
I
Battery Charging
1
€3HFuel
1 Engine Oil
Temperature System Pressure
- BRAKE
Brake
. - Cluster)
(Dislitai
BRAKE
Brake
(Standard Cluster}
cf
Shift Light
(e! ANTI-
LOCK
4 Wheel
Anti-Lock
Herearesomeother symbols you may see.
Fuse
u
Lighter
c
Horn
Jcr
Speaker
PO334
Seats & Safety Belts
Section .. ...
Here you'll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use
your safety belts properly . You can also learn about .some things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ....................................................................................... 1-2
Head Restraints............................................................................................. .,......1-9
Safety . Belts: They're . For Everyone .................................................................. 1-10
Why Safety Belts Work ................................................................................... 1-11
Questions Many People Ask . About Safety Belts ......................................... 1-14
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-16
Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-16
Driver
.. ..................................................................................................
Posltlon 1-16
Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-17
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-22
Right Front Passenger Position ...................................................................... 1-23
Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-24
Lap Belt ........................................................................................................ 1-24
Rear Seat Passenger Positions ..................................................................... 1-25
Children ................................................................................................................ 1-28
Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-29
Child Restraints................................................................................................ 1-30
Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-40
Safety Belt Extender ............................................................................................ 1-43
Checking Your Restraint Systems ...................................................................... 1-43
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-43
1-1
I
Seats and Seat Controls

Thissectiontellsyouabouttheseats-howtoadjustthem,and fold themup
and down.
Front Seats
I
A You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if youtry to adjustamanual
driver'sseatwhilethevehicle is moving.Thesuddenmovement
could startleandconfuse you, or makeyoupush a pedalwhenyou
don't want to. Adjust the driver'sseat only when the vehicle is not
moving.
Manual Front Seat I

r __.
L
KO302
Move the lever under the front of the seat toward your door to unlock it.
Slidetheseat to whereyouwant it.Thenreleasetheleverandtrytomove
theseatwithyour body, to makesuretheseat is locked into place.
I
1-2
Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats or 60/40
Split-Bench)
KO305
To adjusttheseatback, lift theleverontheouterside of theseat.Release

thelever to locktheseatbackwhere you wantit.Pullupontheleverand
theseat will go to anuprightposition.
Butdon’thaveaseatbackreclined if yourvehicleismoving.
Sitting in areclinedpositionwhenyourvehicleis in motion can be

dangerous.Even if youbuckleup,yoursafetybeltscan’tdotheirjob
whenyou’rereclinedlikethis.
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it won’t be against your
body.Instead, itwillbe in frontofyou. In a crashyoucould go into
it,receivingneckorotherinjuries.
Thelapbeltcan’t do its job,either. In a crash the belt could go up
overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere,notatyour
pelvicbones.Thiscouldcauseseriousinternalinjuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion,havethe
seatbackupright.Then,sitwellbackintheseatandwearyour
safetybeltproperly.
1-3
AN101021
Manual Lumbar Adjustment
PO326
If you havethisfeature,therewill be aknobwith six settingsontheoutside

of thedriverandpassengerbucketseats.
Turntheknobcounter-clockwisetoincreaselumbarsupportandclockwise to
decreaselumbarsupport.
Power Drlver's Seat
PO330
The left control makestherearoftheseat go up and down.

The right control makesthefrontoftheseat go upand down.
The center control makesthewholeseatgoupanddownorforwardand
rearward.
Power Lumbar Adjustment
PO331
If you have this feature, there will be a control on the front of your seat.
Press and hold the right side until you have the desired lumbar support. To
decrease lumbar support, press the left side of the control.
1-5
Front Seatback Latches (Two-Door Models)
Thefrontseatback folds forward to letpeoplegetintothebackseat.Your
seatback wil move backandforth freely, unlessyoucome to a sudden stop.
Then it wil lock in place,
1
u , , ,$'
-
KO303
There'sonetimetheseatback may notfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou.

That's if yourvehicle is parked going down a fairly steep hill.
To fold afrontseatbackforward,pushtheseatbacktowardtherear as you
lift thislatch.Thentheseatback will foldforward.Thelatch must be down for
the seat to workproperly.
1-6
Easy Entry Seat (Two-Door Models)
KO304
Therightfrontseatofyourvehiclemakes it easy to get in and outof the

rearvehiclearea.
Whenyou tilt the rightfrontseatbackfullyforward,thewhole seat will
slide forward.
After someonegetsintotherear seat area,movetherightfront
seatbackto its originalposition.Thenmovetheseatrearward until it
locks.
m If an easy entry rightfrontseat isn’t locked, it can move. In a

sudden stop or crash, the person sitting there could be injured. After
you’veused it, besuretopushrearwardonaneasyentry seat to
besure it is locked.
~ ~-
To getout,againtilttheseatbackfullyforward.
1-7
Rear Folding Seat (TwolDoor Models)
KO309
Your utility vehicle has a rear folding seat which lets you fold the seatback
down formore cargo space. Push back on theseatbackasyou pull forward
on thelatchattherighthandsideoftheseatcushion. Then fold the seatback
forward.
To raise it, lift up theseatbackand push it until it locks in theupright
position.
Your rearseatbackhas a mechanicallatchontherighthand side, and an
inertialatch on the lefthandside.Push and pull on the seatback to be sure
thattherightsidehaslocked in theuprightposition.Haveitfixed if it
doesn't.
Rear Folding Seat (Four-Door Models)
. . .; ., ..,, 1- .
Your utility vehicle has a folding rear seat which lets you fold the seatback
down for morecargospace.Therearseatreleasehandleis in theupper
center of the rear of the seatback. Push back on the seatback as you pull
up onthehandle.
To raiseit,just lift uptheseatbackandpush it until it locks in theupright
position.
Your rear seatback has mechanical latches on.both sides. Push and pull on
theseatback to checkthatbothlatcheshavelocked in theuprightposition. If
theyhaven't,havethemfixedimmediately.
Head Restraints
--
Slide the head restraint up or down so that' the top of the restraint is closest
tothetopofyourears.Thispositionreduces the chance of aneckinjury in
a crash.
1-9
Safety Belts: T h e y e For Everyone
Thispartofthemanualtellsyouhow to usesafetybeltsproperly. It alsotells
yousomethingsyoushouldnot do withsafetybelts.
A Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twearasafetybeltproperly.
youare in acrashandyou’renotwearingasafetybelt,yourinjuries
can be much worse.You can hit things inside the vehicle or be
If
ejectedfromit. You canbeseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame

crash,youmightnotbe if youarebuckledup.Alwaysfastenyour
safety belt and check that your passengers’ belts are fastened
properly, too.
AM110001
Thisfigurelightsupwhenyouturnthekey to RUN or START whenyour
safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearachime,too. It’s thereminderto
buckleup.InmanystatesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays to wear
safetybelts.Here’swhy: They work.
Youneverknow if you’ll be in a crash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t
know if it will be a bad one.
A fewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven if you’renot
buckled up. Andsomecrashescan be so serious,likebeinghitbyatrain,
thatevenbuckledup a person wouldn’t survive.Butmostcrashesarein
between.Inmanyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes
walkaway.Withoutbeltstheycouldbebadlyhurtorkilled.
1-10
After 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,the facts areclear. In mostcrashes
buckling up doesmatter . . . a lot!
Why Safety Be/ts Work
AM115001 AM115002
Whenyou ride in or onanything,you go asfastas it goes. For example, if

thebikeisgoing 10 mph (16 km/h), so is thechild.Whenthebikehitsthe
block, it stops. But thechildkeeps going!
1-11
Seats & Safety Selts
P I
. . ,.
i
AM115003 AM115004
Take the simplest“vehicle”.Suppose it’s just a seatonwheels.Putsomeone

on it.
AM115005
Get it up to speed. Then stop the “vehicle”. The rider doesn’t stop.
1-12
.. .:
AM115007
or theinstrument panel . . .
1-1 3
Seats & Safety.Belts
AM115008
or the safety b e k !
Withsafetybelts,youslowdown as thevehicledoes. You getmoretimeto
stop. You stopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbonestaketheforces.
That’swhysafetybeltsmakesuch good sense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in thevehicleafter an
b
accidentif I’m wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearing a safety belt or not.Butyoucan
easilyunbuckle a safetybelt,even if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance of
beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident, so you can unbuckle and get
out,is much greater if you are belted.
Q: Why don’t they just put in air bags so people won’t have to wear
safetybelts?
A: “Airbags,’’ or SupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are in some
vehiclestodayandwillbe in more of them in thefuture.Buttheyare
supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,notinstead of
them.Every“airbag”systemeveroffered for sale has requiredtheuse of
safetybelts.Even if you’re in avehiclethathas “air bags,”youstillhaveto
buckleup to getthemostprotection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
butespecially in sideandothercollisions.
1-14
Q: If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from home, why should I
wear safety belts?
A: You may be anexcellentdriver, but if you’re in anaccident - evenone
thatisn’tyourfault - youandyourpassengerscanbehurt.Beinga good
driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad
drivers.
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km) of home.And the greatest
number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of lessthan 40 mph
(65 kmih).
Safetybeltsareforeveryone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
KO286
Whenthekey is turned to RUN or START, alightwillcomeon for about

eightsecondstoremindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s
safety belt is buckled,achime will alsosound.
1-1 5
How To Wear Safety Belts Praperly
Adults
Thispart is only for people of adult size.
. . . , . , . ,
A there areinspecial things know about .safety'belts and chiidien.;And

rules for
there a10 'different
your
be riding
to
the
and' smatler
babies
vehicle, see after
part ane; called
this
a will
children. If child
' '
"Children"'. Follow these rules for everyone's protection. : , ' '
First,you'llwant to knowwhichrestraint systems your vehicle has. We'll start

withthedriverposition.
Driver Position
This part describesthedriver'srestraint system.
KO324
1-16
Lap-Shoulder Belt
c
1
A L.
-T
f
AN120165
Thedriverhas a lap-shoulderbelt.Here’showtowearitproperly.
1. Closeandlockthe door.
2. Adjusttheseat (to seehow,see“Seats” in theIndex) so you cansit
upstraight.
I 1
I
AM120077
3. Pickupthelatchplateandpullthebeltacross you. Don’tlet it get

twisted.
4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntilit clicks.
1-1 7
If the belt isn’t long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend of this
section.
Make sure therelease button on thebucklefacesupwardoroutward so you
wouldbeable to unbuckle it quickly ifyou everhadto.
AM120007
The lap part of the belt should be low andsnug on thehips, just touching
thethighs, In acrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvic bones. And
you’d be less likely toslideunderthelapbelt. If you slid under it, thebelt
would apply forceatyourabdomen,Thiscouldcauseserious or even fatal
injuries.Theshoulderbeltshould go overtheshoulderandacrossthechest.
These parts of the body arebestabletotakebeltrestrainingforces.
Thesafetybelt locks if there’s a suddenstop or a crash.
1-18
Q: What’s wrong withthis?
AM120015
A: The shoulderbelt is too loose. It won’tgivenearly as much protectionthis

way.
You can be seriously hurt if you[ shoulder belt is too louse. In a

A crash you would move forward too much, which could increase injury.
Theshoulder belt should fit against your body.
1: What’s wrong with this?
AM120016
A: Thebelt is buckled in thewrong place.
1-19
. . . ... , . ,..
You, can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong

A place like this. In a crash, the belt would. go up over your abdomen.
The belt forces would be there, not at'the pelvic bones. This cuuid
cause serious internal injuries. Always buckleyour belt into the
buckle nearest you.
Q: What's wrong withthis?
AM125001
A: The shoulderbelt is wornunderthe arm. It should be wornover the

shoulder at all times.
. .
You can be seriousty injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your
A, arm. In a crash, your body woutd move too farforward,which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also, the belt would
apply too much force to the ribs, whicharen't as strong as shoulder
bones. You could also severely injure internal organs like your.liver
or spleen.
1-20
Q: What's wrong with this?
AM125002
A: The belt is twisted across the body.
1-21
To unlatch the belt, just push thebuttononthebuckle. The belt should go
back out of theway.
AM120060
Before you close the door, be sure thebelt is out of theway. If you slam
the door on it, you can damage both 'the belt and your vehicle.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
..
AM135001
Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like all occupants,

theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured if theydon'twearsafetybelts. A
pregnantwomanshouldwear a lap-shoulder belt and the lap portion should
bewornaslowaspossiblethroughout the pregnancy.
1-22
Thebestway to protectthefetus is to protectthemother.Whenasafety
beltiswornproperly,it’smorelikelythat the fetuswon’t be hurt in a crash.
Forpregnantwomen,asforanyone, the keytomakingsafetybeltseffective
is wearingthemproperly.
Right Front Passenger Posifion
. .
KO333
Therightfrontpassenger’ssafetybeltworksthesameway as thedriver’s
safety belt.See“DriverPosition,”earlier in thispart.
When the lapportionof the belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it
does, let it go back all thewayand start again.
1-23
Center Passenger Position-Front and Rear
(Four-Door Models)
If yourvehiclehas a front and rear benchseat, someone can sit in the

center positions.
Lap Belt
AY145014R1 AM145024Rl
When you sit in a center seatingposition,youhave a lap safetybelt,which

has no retractor. To makethebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplate and pull it along
thebelt.
To makethe belt shorter, pull its free end as shownuntilthebelt is snug.
1-24
I .
,..
,
, ,
,. ‘1- , .*?,.
i
.- . : -.
w ’-
I
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt,
If thebelt isn’t longenough,see“Safety Belt Extender”at the endof this
section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle .faces upward oroutward so you
would be able. to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.
.-Ti .
5:
Rear Seat Passengers
It‘s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up! Accident statistics
showthatunbelted people in therear seat are hurtmoreoften in crashes
yring
are whothosethan 1
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in
a crash. And they can strike others in thevehicle ‘who are wearing safety
belts.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Posiiiuns
. .
1-25
Thepositionsnexttothewindowshavelap-shoulderbelts.Here’s how to
wearoneproperly.
AM147119
1. Pick up the latchplateandpull the beltacross you. Don’t let it get

twisted.
2. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil it clicks.
On four-door models, whentheshoulderbeltis pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If itdoes, let it go back all the way and start again.
If thebelt is not long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend of
thissection.
Makesuretherelease button onthebucklefacesupwardoroutward so
you would be abletounbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.
i
AMl47097Rl
1-26
To makethelapparttight,pulldown on thebuckleendofthebeltas
you pull up on theshoulderpart.
. .
. .
1
AM120007
Thelappart of thebeltshouldbewornlowandsnugonthehips, just

touchingthethighs.In a crash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvic
bones. And you’dbelesslikelytoslideunder a lapbelt. If you slid
underit,thebeltwouldapplyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcause
seriousorevenfatalinjuries.Theshoulderbeltshould go overthe
shoulderandacrossthechest.Thesepartsofthebodyarebestableto
takebeltrestrainingforces.
Thesafetybeltlocks if there’s a suddenstopor a crash.
I CAUTION I
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose, In a
A crash you would move forward too much, which could increase injury.
The shoulder belt should fit against your body.
1-27
To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebutton on thebuckle.
Children
AM150003Ri
Everyoneinavehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsandallchildren
smallerthanadultsize.Infact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince
sayschildrenup to some agemustberestrainedwhilein a vehicle.
1-28
Smaller Children and Babies
A Smaller children and babies.should ahways be restrained in a child or

infantfestrrtint.'Tt?einstructions for the restraint will say whether it is
the right type .and size for your child.'. A very young child's hip bones
are so small that a regular bett might notstay low on tha hips, as it
should.Instead, the belt wilt likely be over thechild'sabdomen.In a
crash the belt would apply force right on thechild'sabdomen,which
could cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that any child small
enough forone is always properlyrestrainedin a child or infant
restraint.
AM150035
I CAUTION
hold a baby riding in a vehicte. A baby
A become so
Never inyourarmswhile
doesn'tweighmuch-until a crash.Duringacrash a baby will
heavyyoucan'thotd it, For example, in a crash at only
25,'mph (40 .'kmlh), 8 12-pund (5.5 kg) baby will suddenly become a
240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would be almost
impossible to hold.
I Sehure inthe baby restraint.
an infant I
1-29
Two-Door Four-Door
-E
A
. . . . ,. . . .
. .
AM150013Rl AM160029R1
Child Restraints
Besure to follow the instructions for the restraint. Youmay find these
instructionsontherestraintitselforinabooklet,orboth. These restraints
usethe belt system in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas to besecured
withintherestraint to helpreducethechance of personalinjury.The
instructionsthatcomewiththeinfant or childrestraintwillshowyouhow to
do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
If youhavea 60140 split-benchseat,youmustusetherightfrontpassenger
seat.Accidentstatisticsshowthatchildrenaresafer if theyarerestrained in
therearratherthanthefrontseat. We atGeneralMotors,therefore,
recommendthatyouputyourchildrestraint in therearseatunlessthechild
is aninfantandyou'rethe only adultinthevehicle. In thatcase,youmight
want to securetherestraint in the frontseatwhereyoucankeep an eye on
the baby.Whereveryouinstall it, be sure to securethechildrestraint
properly.
An unsecured child restraint can move around in a wlfision or sudden

stop and injure people in the vehiie. E
b sure to properly secure any
chiM restraint in your vehiesven when no child s i in it.
1-30
Top Strap
AN155001
If yourchildrestrainthasatopstrap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to

haveananchorinstalled,youcan ask your GM dealertoput it in for you. If
youwantto install ananchoryourself, your dealer can tell you how to do it.
Securing 8 Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position
(Four-Door Models)
KO341
You’ll beusingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap,
if the child restraint has one.
1. Puttherestraintonthe seat. Follow theinstructions for thechild
restraint.
1-31
2. Securethechild in thechildrestraintastheinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle'ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
therestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions will showyouhow. See if
the shoulder belt would go in front of ths child's face or neck. If so, put
it behind the child restraint.
4. Bucklethe belt. Makesure the release button facesupward or outward,
so you'll be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever need to.
5. Pull the rest of theshoulderbelt all the way out of theretractor to set
the lock.
~ - . . ..
1
AN160041
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt into the retractor while you
pushdownon the childrestraint.
1-32
.. ..
To removethe child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt and let it
go back all the way.Thesafetybelt wil movefreelyagainand be ready to
work for an adult or larger child passenger.
Securing a 'Child Restraint .in a Rear Oufslde Position
(Two-Door Models)
KO370
You'llbeusingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartabout the top strap,
if thechildrestrainthasone.
1. Put therestraintontheseat. Follow theinstructions for thechild
restraint.
1-33
2. Securethechildinthechildrestraint as theinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle‘ssafetybeltandrunthelap part throughoraround
therestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions will showyouhow.Seeif
theshoulderbelt would go in frontofthechild’sfaceorneck. If so, put
itbehindthechildrestraint.
4. Bucklethe belt. Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardand
outward, so you’llbeable to unbuckleit quickly if you everneed to.
AN160054 AN160137
5. Pressthe“cinch”button on the retractorcover to setthe lock.

6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor while
you push down on thechildrestraint.
134
To remove 'the child restraint, just unbucklethevehicle'ssafety belt and let it
go back all the way. Thesafetybelt will movefreelyagainandbeready to
work .for an adult or larger child passenger.
1-35
Whenyousecure a childrestraint in a centerseatingposition, you’ll be using
thelapbelt.Butdon’tuse the rearcenterseat,unless the base of the child
restraintis small enoughtoletyoureachthebuckleandlatchplateeasily.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Make the belt as long as possiblebytiltingthelatchplateandpulling it
alongthebelt.
Four-Door Front Four-Door Rear
A N IWUPU
2. Put therestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructions for thechild

restraint.
3. Securethechild in thechildrestraintastheinstructionssay.
4. Runthevehicle’ssafetybeltthrough or aroundtherestraint.Thechild
restraintinstructions will show youhow.
1-36
-
Four-Door Front
.. . ,
Four-Door Rear
~-
AN163061
Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupward or outward,
so you’llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to.
6.
7. Pushandpullthechildrestraintindifferentdirections to besureit is
secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand
buckle it again.Thensee if it is secure. If itisn’t,securetherestraintin
a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for
their advice.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbuckle the vehicle’ssafetybelt. It will be
readytoworkfor an adult or larger child passenger. ’
1-37
6W40 Split-Bench Seat
.., ..
c
L
PO354
Don‘t use a child restraint in this position. The restraint won’t work properly.
KO333 ,
I
You’llbeusingthelap-shoulderbelt. See theearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
if thechildrestrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat. Follow theinstructions for thechild
restraint.
2. Secure the childinthechildrestraint as theinstructionssay.
1-38
3. Pull outthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
therestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions will showyouhow. See if
theshoulderbeltwould go infront of thechild’sface or neck. If so, put
itbehindthechildrestraint.
APIlU I ’ AN166148
4. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupward or outward,
so you’llbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to.
5. Pulltherest of thelapbelt all thewayoutoftheretractor to setthe
lock.
6. TO tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhiteyou
pushdownonthechildrestraint.
1-39
7, Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to besure it is
secure.
If you’reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion of
thesafetybelt holds therestraintfirmly.Butdon’tmove it anymorethan
needed to tighten the lap belt.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltand let it
go back all the way. The safety belt wil move freely again and be ready to
work foranadultorlargerchildpassenger.
Larger Children
Childrenwhohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’sSafety
belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnexttoawindow SO the child
canwearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint a shoulderbelt
canprovide.
Children who aren’tbuckledupcanbethrownoutin a crash.
1-40
AM170008
Children who aren’tbuckledupcanstrikeotherpeoplewho are.
a
AM170052
CAUTION ’ y I
Never do this.
Were Wu children are wearing the same belt. The beft can’t properly
spreadtheimpact forces. In a crash, the two children can be
crushedtogether and seriously injured. A belt must be used by only
oneperson at a time.
1-41
Q: What if a child is wearing a lapshoulder belt,butthe child is so
small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child’s face or neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but be sure that the
shoulderbeltstill is on thechild‘sshoulder, so thatinacrashthechild’s
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide. If the child is so small
thattheshoulderbeltstill is veryclose to thechild‘sface or neck,youmight
want to placethechildinseatthathasalap belt, if yourvehiclehasone.
AN170077
Never do this.
A Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lapshoulder belt, but the
shoulder part is behind the child. If the child wears the belt in this
way, in a crash the child might slide under the belt. The belt’s force
would then be applied right on the child’s abdomen.Thatcould
cause serious or fatalinjuries.
Whereverthechildsits,the,lapportion of thebeltshouldbeworn low and
snugonthehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto
thechild’s pelvic bonesinacrash.
1-42
Safety Belt Extender
If thevehicle'ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduseit.
But if a safety belt isn't long enough to fasten, your dealer will orderyouan
extender. It's free.Whenyougo in toorderit,taketheheaviestcoatyou will
wear, so theextender will belongenoughforyou.Theextender will bejust
foryou,andjustfortheseat in your vehicle that you choose. Don't let
someoneelseuse it, anduse it onlyfortheseatit is made to fit. To wear it,
just attach it to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now andthen,makesureallyourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose
parts ordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeeparestraintsystemfrom
doingitsjob,have it repaired.
Replacing Safety Belts Affer a Crash

If you've had acrash, do youneed new belts?
After a very minor collision,nothingmaybenecessary.But if thebeltswere
stretched,astheywouldbe if wornduringamoreseverecrash,thenyou
need new belts.
If youeversee alabelonarightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe
belt,besure to do so. Then it will bethere to helpprotectyou in an
accident.You would see this label on the belt near the door opening.
AM177001
1-43
Ifbeltsarecutordamaged,replacethem.Collisiondamage also may mean
you will have to havesafetybeltparts,liketheretractor,replacedor
anchoragelocationsrepaired-evenifthebeltwasn’tbeingused atthe time
of the collision.
Q: What’swrong with this?
1
. .. .
. .
AP125004
A: Thebelt is torn.
Torn or frayed belts may not protect you in a crash, They can rip
apart underimpactforces. If a belt is tom or frayed, get a new one
right away.
II
I
1-44
Beforereplacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealerforthecorrectpartnumber.
You’ll need the model year and model number foryourvehicle.Themodel
year is on yourtitleandregistration.Andyou can findthemodelnumberon
the certificationhire label ofyourvehicle.
Y
. .
. . . .
IC2447
Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt
you want to replace.
145
...
- .fU'
Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeaturesonyour
vehicle.andinformationonstartiqg.shifting.andbraking . Alsoexplainedare
theinstrumentpanelandthewarningsystemsthattellyou if everything is
working properly-and what to do if you have a problem .
For explanation of vehicle symbols. referto“Vehicle Symbols” in
Section 0.
Keys ....................................................................................................................... 2-3
Your Doors and How They Work ........................................................................2-5
Side Doors .........................................................................................................
2-5
Door Locks ......................................................................................................... 2-6
Tailgate ...............................................................................................................
2-8
Keyless Entry System .........................................................................................2-10
Theft ..................................................................................................................... 2-13
New Vehicle Break-in ......................................................................................... 2-14
Ignition Switch ..................................................................................................... 2-15
Starting Your Engine ........................................................................................... 2-16
Driving Through Deep Standing Water .......................................................... 2-18
Automatic Transmission ......................................................................................
2-20
Five-Speed Manual Transmission ...................................................................... 2-22
Locking Rear Axle ............................................................................................... 2-24
2-1
Features & Contmls
Parking Brake ......................................................................................................
2-25
Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-29
Engine Exhaust ...................................................................................................
2-30
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked ..................................................
2-30
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................
2-31
Manual Transfer Case .....................................................................................2-32
Electronic Transfer Case.................................................................................
2-33
Windows ...............................................................................................................
2-35
Horn......................................................................................................................
2-37
Tilt Wheel .............................................................................................................
2-37
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever ..........................................................................2-38
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator .......................................................2-38
Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-40
Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-41
Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-43
Rear Window WiperNVasher ...........................................................................2-44
Cruise Control .................................................................................................. 2-45
Lights .................................................................................................................... 2-50
Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-55
Accessory Power Outlet ..................................................................................... 2-58
Cigarette Lighter/Ashtrays ................................................................................... 2-59
Storage Compartments ....................................................................................... 2-60
Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................... 2-71
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators .......................................................... 2-73
Luggage Carrier................................................................................................... 2-84
Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................ 2-86
2-2
Keys
c
K512
The ignition keys are for the ignitiononly.

2-3
Features & Controls
I
K5316
The door keysareforthe doors and all other locks.
Whenanewvehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe
keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner.
Eachplughasacodeon it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow
to make extrakeys.Keeptheplugs in a .safeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’llbeable to havenewones made easilyusingthese plugs.
2-4
I NOTICE I
Your Doors And How They Work

Side Doors
To open the door from theoutside, lift thehandleand pull the door open,
KO298
To openthe door from the inside, pull the lever toward you and push the
door open.
2-5
Features '& Controls I'
Door Locks
1 CAUTION 1
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers-especially chitdren--can easily open the doors and fall
out. When a door is locked, the inside handle won't open it.
Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow
downor stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the chance of being
thrown out of thb vehiclein a crash if the doors aren't locked. Wear
safety beltsproperly, lock your doors, and you will be 'fa; better
. .. off
I 'whenever you drive your vehicle.
There are severalways to lockandunlockyour vehicle:
KO20
From theoutside:Useyour door key.

... From theinside: To lockthe door, slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor to
LOCK.
2-6
To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor
toward you.You will seearedareaonthelever.
KO294
Power Door Locks

If yourvehicle has powerdoorlocks,pushthepower door lock switch on
either front doortowardthekeysymbol.Thisswitch will lock all the doors at
once.
To unlockthedoors,pushtheswitchaway from thekeysymbol.
Onfour-doormodels,theswitchoneachreardoorworksonlythatdoor’s
lock. It won’tlock(orunlock) all of the doors-that’s a safetyfeature.
2-7
Features & Contmls
Tailgate, I
K 0218
From theoutside,use your door key to unlockthetailgate assembly. Withthe

key in the lock, turn the lock handletothe left to unlockthe glass. The
tailgatecannotbeopenedwithout first openingtheliftglass.
I
Raisethe glass, 'then turnthe lockhandle totherighttounlockthetailgate.
If your vehiclehasatailgate-mounted spare tirecarrier, you must move the'
carrierarmout of the way to open the glass.
It can be dangerous to drive with the rear window or rear door open.
Carban monoxide (CO)gas can come into your vehicle. You can't
see or smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness and evendeath.
If you must drive with the rearwindow or rear door open:
Make sure all other windows areshut.
Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest
speedwith the setting on VENT (that wilt force outside air into
your vehicle). See "Comfort Controls" in the Index.
I If you have air vents on or under the instrument panel, open

them all the way.
2-8
3ectric Tailgate
\.'
KO220 ,
Theelectrictailgateglassrelease letsyouopenyourtailgateglassbyjust
pressingabutton.Thebuttonistotheleft of yourradio.
If yourvehiclehasanautomatictransmission,yourshiftlevermust be in P
(Park)or N (Neutral)forthereleasetowork.
I f youhaveamanualtransmission,eitherwith or withouttheKeylessEntry
option,youmustapplyyourparkingbrakebef,oreyoucanopenthetailgate
glass.
If yourvehiclehasatailgate-mountedsparetirecarrier,youmustmovethe
carrierarm out of theway to open the glass.
2-9
Features & Contm/s
Tailgate-Mounted Spare Tire Carrier
F
I' ?
KO222
Youmustmovethecarrierarmout of theway to openthetailgateglass.

Here'show to movethearm:
1. Squeezethereleasehandle to freethecarrierarm.
2. Swing the carrierarmawayfromthetailgate.Youmayneed to give it a
slight tug.
3, To latch the carrier arm, swing it towardthetailgate.Thelatchhas two
catches, so pushonthecarrierarm to makesure it haslockedintothe
secondone. It shouldn'tmove.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If youareleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyour door andsetthe
locks from the inside. Then get out andclosethe door.
Keyless Entry System
If your vehicle has this option, you canlockandunlockyourdoors, or unlock
your tailgate glass from up to 30 feet (9 m) awayusingthekeychain
transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
2-1 0
. .
I
. . .
PO332
Your KeylessEntrySystemoperatesonaradiofrequencysubjecttoFederal
CommunicationsCommission(FCC)Rules.Thisdevicecomplies with Part 15
of theFCCRules.Operation is subject to thefollowingtwoconditions:(1)
Thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference,and(2)Thisdevicemust
acceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethatmaycause
undesiredoperation.
Should interference to this system occur, try this:
Check to determine if batteryreplacement is necessary.Seethe
instructionsonbatteryreplacement.
Check thedistance. Youmaybe toofarfromyourvehicle.Thisproduct
hasamaximumrangeof 30 feet (9 m)fromthevehicle.
Checkthelocation.Othervehiclesorobjectsmaybeblockingthesignal.
Seeyour GM dealer or aqualifiedtechnicianforservice.
Changes or modifications to thissystem by other than an authorized setvice
facility could void authorization to .use this equipment.
Operation
Whenyoupress UNLOCK, thedriver'sdoor will unlockautomatically. If you
press UNLOCK again within five seconds, all doors wil unlock. All doorswill
lock when DOOR- is pressed.
Thetailgateglasswillunlockwhenthetrucksymbolbutton is pressed.
Vehicles with automatictransmissionsmusthavethetransmission in P (Park).
Vehicleswithmanualtransmissionmusthave theparkingbrakeengaged.
2-1 1
Features & Controls
Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle
Eachkeychaintransmitter is coded to preventanothertransmitterfrom
unlockingyourvehicle. If atransmitterislostorstolen,areplacementcanbe
purchasedthroughyourdealer.Remember to bringtheremainingtransmitter
withyouwhenyou go to yourdealer.Whenthedealermatchesthe
replacementtransmitter to yourvehicle,theremainingtransmittermustalso be
matched.Oncethenewtransmitter is coded,the lost transmitter will not
unlockyourvehicle.
Youcanmatchatransmitter to asmanydifferentvehiclesasyouown,
providedtheyareequippedwith exactly thesamemodelsystem. (General
Motors offersseveraldifferentmodels of thesesystemsontheirvehicles.)
Eachvehiclecanhaveonlytwotransmittersmatched to it.Seeyourdealer
to matchtransmitterstoanothervehicle.
Battery Replacement
Undernormaluse,thebatteries in yourkeychaintransmittershouldlast
about two years.
Youcan tellthebatteriesareweak if thetransmitterwon’twork at thenormal
range in anylocation. If youhave to getclose to yourvehiclebeforethe
transmitterworks, it’s probablytime to changethebatteries.
Replacing Transmitter Batteries
K4361
If yourtransmitterhasthescrewinthebackcoverdesign,youshould:
2-1 2
1. Removethescrewfromthebackcover.
2. Liftthefrontcover off, bottomhalffirst.
3. Removeandreplacethebatteries (DL2016 or equivalent).
4. Reassemblethetransmitter.
5. Checkthetransmitteroperation.
PO329
If your transmitter has the snap-together design (no screw in thebackcover),

youshould:
1. Insert a dimebetweenthetwohalvesofthetransmitterhousingnearthe
keyring hole.
2. Removethebottombytwistingthedime.
3. RemoveandreplacethebatterieswithtwoDuracell@-typebatteries
(DL2016 -or equivalent), positive side -down.
4. Alignandsnaptogetherthebackandtoptransmitterhousings.
Theft
Vehicletheft is a bigbusiness,especiallyinsomecities.Althoughyour
vehiclehasanumberoftheftdeterrentfeatures, we knowthatnothing we
put on it canmake it impossibletosteal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
it’saneasytargetforjoyridersorprofessionalthieves-sodon’t do it. When
youparkyourvehicleandopenthedriver’sdoor,you’llhearatonereminding
2-1 3
Featums & Controls
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake it withyou.Alwaysdo
this.Yoursteeringwheelwillbelocked,and so will yourignition. If youhave
anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission.
Andremember to lockthedoors.
Parking atNight: Park inalightedspot,close all windowsand lock your
vehicle.Remember to keepyourvaluablesout of sight.Putthem in astorage
area, or takethemwithyou.
Parking Lots: If youpark in a lot wheresomeone wil be 'watching your
vehicle, it's best to lock it up and take your keys. But what 'if you have to
leave your ignition key? What if you have to leave something valuable in your
vehicle?
Put yourvaluables in astoragearea,likeyourglovebox.
Lock theglove box.
Lack all doors exceptthedriver's.
Then the door key with you.
,. ..take,
New Vehicle.dtBmak4n.
99.
:.
'
NOTICE
2-1 4
Ignition Switch
Use your ignition key to start your vehicle. The ignition key lets you turn the
ignition switch to five different positions:
1
KO404
Acc(Accessory):Ace lets you use things like the radio and the windshield
wiperswhentheengine is off. To get into Acc, push in thekeyandturn it
towardyou.Yoursteeringwheel wil remainlocked,justas it wasbeforeyou
insertedthe key.
LOCK: Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission.It’s
atheftdeterrentfeature. You will onlybeabletoremoveyourkeywhenthe
ignition is turned to LOCK.
Off: This position lets you turn off theenginebutstillturnthesteeringwheel
like LOCK. Use Off if youmusthaveyourvehicle in motionwhiletheengine
is off (for example, if yourvehicle is beingpushed).
Run: Thisisthepositionfordriving,
Start: This starts yourengine.
A On manualtransmissionvehicles, turning the key to “LOCK’ will Jock

the steering column and result in a lass of ability to steer the
vehicle.Thiscouldcause a collision. If you need to turn the engine
off whitethevehicle is moving, turn the key only to “Off”. Don‘t
move the key release leverwhife the vehicle is moving.
2-1 5
Features & Controls
Key Release Lever
KO495
Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignitionofmanualtransmission
vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused.
To Remove the Key
Turnthekey to the LOCK positionwhilepressingthekeyreleaseleverdown
atthesametime.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pullthekeystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeyto LOCK and pull it straight
out.
Starting Your Engine
Enginesstartdifferently.The8thdigitofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber
(VIN) shows the code letter or number for your engine. You wil find the VIN
atthetopleftofyourinstrumentpanel.(See"VehicleIdentificationNumber"
in theIndex.)Followthepropersteps to start the engine.
2-1 6
To Start Your 4.3 Liter (VIN Codes Z and W) V6
Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftleverto P (Park)or N (Neutral).Yourenginewon’tstart
in anyotherposition-that’s a safetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
NOTICE I
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselectorto N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedaltothe
floorwhilestartingtheengine.Yourvehiclewon’tstart if the clutch pedal
is notallthewaydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some
other vehicles you might need to do this, but because ofyourvehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start. Whentheenginestarts,let go ofthe
key. The idle speed will go down asyourenginegetswarm.
4. If it doesn’tstartright away, holdyourkey in Start. If it doesn’tstart in

threeseconds,pushtheacceleratorpedalaboutone-quarteroftheway
downfor 12 moreseconds, or until it starts.
5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart(orstartsbutthenstops),itcouldbe
floodedwith too muchgasoline.Trythis:
Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcooldown.Thenpushyour
acceleratorpedalallthewaytothefloor. Hold it there.Then,holdthe
keyin Start fornomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine.
2-1 7
Features & Controls
If theenginestilldoesn'tstart,waitanother 15 secondsanddo it all
again.
Whentheenginestarts,let go of thekey and the accelerator pedal.
Driving Through Deep Standing Water I
Engine Muck Heater
1 1
KO414
2-1 8
In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater
canhelp. You’ll geteasierstartingandbetterfueleconomyduringengine
warm-up.
To use the block heater:
1. Turn off theengine.
2. Openthehoodandunwraptheelectricalcord.
3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded110-voltoutlet.
A Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an elec&ai

shack. Also, the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and
muse a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the cord into a
properly grounded three-prong 110-vott outlet. If the cord won’t reach,
use a heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated fur at teast 15
amps.
INOTICE
How long shouldyoukeeptheblockheaterpluggedin?Theanswerdepends

on theweather,the kind of oilyouhave,andsomeotherthings.Instead of
trying to listeverythinghere,weaskthatyoucontactaGeneralMotors
dealerintheareawhere you’ll beparkingyourvehicle.Thedealercangive
you the best advice for that particular area.
2-1 9
Features & Confmls
Automatic TLansmission !
. . ”
K3590
.
There are several differe.nt positions for your shift lever.
P (Park). This locks yourrearwheels. It’s the bestposition to use when
you start your engine because your vehicle can’t move easily,
it is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not.fully

p\ in P (Park) with the parkingbrakefirmly set’ Your veRicle can roll.
Don’t ieaveyourvehicle when the engine is running unless you have
to. if you haveleft the enginerunning,thevehicle can muve
suddenly.Youorothers could be injured. To be sure your vehic!e
won’t move, when you’re onfairlylevel ground, always set your
~
parkingbrakeand move the shift lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive, your vehicle will be free to roll-evenif
your shift lever is in P, (Park)-ifyourtransfer case is in N (Neutral).
So be .sure thetransfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral).
See “Shifting into P (Park)” in the Index. If youare parking on a hill,
or, if you’re pullingatrailer, also see “Parking on Hills” or “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index.
2-20
R (Reverse).Usethisgear to backup. .
NOTICE 1
To rockyourvehiclebackandforth to getoutofsnow,ice or sandwithout

damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuck in Sand,Mud,Ice or Snow”
in theIndex.
N (Neutral). In thisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N
(Neutral)whenyourvehicle is beingtowed.
. .
Shifting out of P (Park} or N (Neutral} while your engine is “racing”

A (running at high speed) is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
the brakepedal, your vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose
control and hit people or objects.Don‘t shift out of P (Park) or N
(Neutral) while your engine is racing.
NOTICE 1-
OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition is for normaldriving. If youneed

morepower for passing,andyou’re:
- Goinglessthanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator
pedalabouthalfwaydown.
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h) or more,pushtheaccelerator all the
waydown.You’llshiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not beusedwhentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,
driving on steephills, or for off-roaddriving.Select D (thirdgear)when
operating the vehicle under any of these conditions.
0 (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. You
shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon
steep hills, or for off-road driving.
2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfuel
economy.Youcan use 2 (SecondGear)onhills. It canhelpcontrol your
2-2 1
Features & Contmls
speedasyou go downsteepmountainroads, but thenyouwouldalso
want to use your brakes off andon.
If youhavea 4,3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect
2, the transmission wil drive in secondgear.Youmayuse this feature
forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying to start your
vehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces.
1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel
economy)than 2. You canuseitonverysteephills, or indeepsnow or
mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto
first gear until thevehicle is goingslowlyenough.
..... ~. ~ ~
FivemSpead Manual Ilansmissiun
This is the shift pattern. Here’s how to operate your transmission:

1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto 1. Then,slowlylet
upontheclutchpedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
2-22
You can shift into 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan 20 mph (32 kmlh). If
you’vecometo acompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto 1, putthe
shiftlever in N (Neutral)andletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown.Thenshiftinto 1.
2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
acceleratorpedalandshiftinto 2. Then,slowlyletup on theclutch
pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shift into 3, 4 and 5 the
same wayyou do for 2. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
To Stop-Letupontheacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.
Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake
pedal,andshift to N (Neutral).
N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine.
R (Reverse)-Tobackup,pressdowntheclutchpedalandshiftinto R.
Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
NOTICE
Also use R (Reverse) along withtheparking brake forparkingyourvehicle.

Shift Light
r ...
. .~
KO287
2-23
Features & Contrvls
If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light.Thislight will
showyouwhentoshifttothenexthighergearforbest fuel economy.
Whenthislightcomeson,youcanshifttothenexthighergear if weather,
roadandtrafficconditionsletyou. For thebestfueleconomy,accelerate
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
Whileyouaccelerate, it is normalforthelighttogoonandoff if youquickly
changethepositionoftheaccelerator.Ignorethe SHIFT light whenyou
downshift.
For Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive
andisequippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseisin 4 LOW.
Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeed drops below 20 mph (32 kmlh), or if theengine is notrunning
smoothly,youshoulddownshifttothenextlowergear.Youmayhave to
downshifttwo or moregearstokeeptheenginerunningsmoothly or for good
performance.
I -
7 CAUTION
I NOTICE
Locking Rear Axle

If YOU havethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow, mud,ice,sandorgravel. It works likeastandardaxlemostofthe
time,butone of therearwheelshasnotraciionandtheotherdoes,the
lockingfeaturewillallowthewheelwithtractiontomovethevehicle.
2-24
Parking Brake
1
KO424
To set the parking brake:

Hold theregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe
parkingbrakepedalwithyourleftfoot. If theignition is on,thebrakesystem
warninglight will comeon.
To release the parking brake:
Holdtheregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.
If you are on a hili:

See“ParkingonHills”intheIndex.Thatpartshowshowtoturnyourfront
wheels.
If you are towing a trailer and areparkingonany hill:
See“TowingaTrailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat to do first to keep
the trailer from moving.
2-25
Features & C o n f d s
Torque Lock
The parking brake should be set first whenever leaving the driver’s seat. If
youare parked onahillandthetransmissionisplacedin P (Park)before
the parking brake is set, theweightofthevehiclemayput too much force
on the parking pawl in thetransmission. It may be difficult to pull the selector
lever out of P (Park). This is called “torque lock.” ‘To prevent this, the parking
brake should be set BEFORE movingtheselectorlever to P (Park).
Whenpreparingtomovethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbe.movedout
of P (Park) B€FORE releasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
Then release the transmission from P (Park), even on level surfaces.
,
If “torque lock” doesoccur,youmayneed to have another vehicle nudge this

vehicle uphill to take some of the pressure off the transmission while you pull
the selector lever out of P (Park).
Shifting Into P (Park) (Automatic Transmission
Models Only)
It can be dangerous to get but of your vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P [Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can
roil.
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could he injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move,
when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow.
If you have four-wheel drive, with a manual transfer case shift lever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to
roll, even if your shift lever is in P (Park). So,be sure the transfer
case is in a drivegear-ot in N (Neutral). If you are parking on a
hitt, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Parking On Hills” or
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index,
1. Hold thebrakepedaldownwith your rightfootand set theparking
brake.
2-26
2. Movetheshiftleverintothe P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pull thelevertowardyou.
KO406
Movetheleverupasfaras it will go.

3. If youhavefour-wheeldrivewith a manualtransfercaseshiftlever, be
surethetransfercaseis in a drivegear-not in N (Neutral).
4. Movetheignitionkeyto LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtake it withyou. If you canwalkawayfromyour
vehiclewiththeignitionkeyinyourhand,yourvehicle is in P (Park).
2-27
Features & Controls
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running
I
(Automatic Transmission Models Only)
I CAUTION
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models

Only)
Beforeyougetoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission in R
(Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparkingbrake.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever, be sure
yourtransfercaseis in a drivegear.Yourvehiclecould roll if it isn’t.
If you areparkingonahill, or if yourvehicleisequipped to towa trailer,
see “Parkingon Hills” or “TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
2-28
Parking Over Things That Burn
P I
....
. .....,
.j_. 1
.
. . ..,:
i i:
. ' i .
1 I
AM220006
2-29
Featunes & Contmls ,
Engine Exhaust
I CAUTION
Running Your Engine While Ydu're Parked

(Automatic Transmission)
It's betternot to parkwiththeenginerunning.Butif you everhave to, here
are some things to know.
3 CAUTION
Idling tire engine with the air system control off could ailow
A "Engins Exhaust.")
.
dangerous exhaust into your vehicle. (See the earlier-Caution under
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let.deadly carbon,monoxide (CO)

into your vehicle even if the fan switch is at the highest setting, One
'
. . place this can happen is a garage. Exhaust-with CO-can come in

'. easily. NEVER park in a garage with the engine running.
. . . .].Another. closed-in place can be a blizzard. (see "Blizzard" in h e
:. Index.).
2-30
A ft can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle H the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan
roll. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is Funning, unless you
have to. If you’ve left the engine running, the vehicle can move
suddenly.Youor others could be injured. To be sure your veh’ile
won’tmove,whenyou’re on fairly tevel ground, always sat your
parking brake and mov0 the shift lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case shift lever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to
roll, even if your shift lever is in P (Park). So, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear-mt in N (Neutral). Follow the proper steps
to be sure your vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting Into P (Park)” in
the Index.
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see
“Parking on Hills” or “Towinga Trailer” in the Index.
FoupWheel Drive
If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive, you cansendyourengine’sdrivingpower
to all four wheels for extra traction. To shiftoutoftwo-wheeldriveandinto
four-wheeldrive,movethetransfercaseshiftlever to 4 HIGH or 4 LOW. You
shoulduse 2 WHEEL formostnormaldrivingconditions,however.
2-31
Features & Controls
PO163
Thetransfercaseshiftlever is onthefloortotherightofthedriver.Usethis
levertoshiftintoandoutoffour-wheeldrive.Anindicatorlightnearthelever
shows you thetransfercasesettings:
2 WHEEL
4 HIGH
N SET PARKING BRAKE
4 LOW
Thefrontaxleportionofthediagramontheindicatorwilllightupwhenyou
shift into four-wheel drive. A slightdelaybetweenshiftingandthepattern’s
lighting is normal. If thepattern does notlightup,or if thefrontaxledoes
not go outafteryoushiftoutoffour-wheeldrive,haveyourdealercheck
yoursystem.Turnthedialaboveyourheadlightswitchtothelefttodimyour
transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlightsorparkinglightsare on.
2 WHEEL: Thissettingisfordrivinginmoststreetandhighwaysituations.
Yourfrontaxle isnotengagedintwo-wheeldrive.
4 HIGH: Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle.Use
4 HIGH whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,or in
most off-road situations.
N SET PARKINGBRAKE: Shifttothisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle
needs to betowed.
2-32
4 LOW: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxletogiveyouextratraction.
Youmaynever need 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower to allfourwheels.
Youmightchoose 4 LOW if youweredrivingoff-road in sand,mud, or deep
snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGH or from 4 HIGH to 2 WHEEL while
thevehicleismoving. It isnotnecessaryforyoutopressthetransfercase
shiftleverbutton.Yourfrontaxlewillengagefaster if youtakeyourfoot off
oftheacceleratorforafewsecondsafteryoushift.
To shiftinto or out of 4 LOW or N SETPARKINGBRAKE:
1. Stopyourvehicleandshiftyourtransmissionintoneutral.
2. Pressthetransfercaseshiftbuttonandshiftinonecontinuousmotion.
Don’tpause in N SET PARKINGBRAKEasyoushiftinto or outof 4 LOW,
oryourgearscouldclash.
Rememberthatdriving in 4 HIGH or 4 LOW mayreduce fuel economy.Also,
driving in four-wheeldriveondrypavementcouldcauseyourtirestowear
faster and make your transfer case harder to shift.
Electronic Transfer Case
KO412
Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitchis on theleftside ofyour

instrumentpanelabovethelightswitches.Usethisswitchtoshiftintoand
1 outoffour-wheeldrive.Youcanchooseamongthreedrivingsettings:
2-33
Features & Controls
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWOWHEEL”: Thissetting is fordrivinginmost
streetandhighwaysituations.Yourfrontaxle is notengagedin
two-wheeldrive.
2. 4HI: Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxle to helpdriveyourvehicle.Use
4Hl whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,or in
most off-road situations.
3. 4LO: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxletogiveyouextratraction.
Youmayneverneed 4LO.Itsends the maximum power to all four
wheels. You might choose 4LO if youweredrivingoff-road in sand,
mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both
indicatorlights will comeonbrieflywhenyouturnontheignition. If both
lights do notcomeon,youshould -take your vehicle in forservice.The 4HI
positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe 4LO positionhasanamber
indicator light. When shifting from 4HI to 4LO or 4LO to 4HI, the indicator
light wil flashuntiltheshiftiscompleted.
Two-WheelDrive, “TWOWHEEL”, does not have a switchpositionoran
indicatorlight.Yourvehicle will be in twowheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight
is on.
To shift from two-wheel drive, “TWO WHEEL”, to4HI: Pressandrelease
the 4HI switch.Thiscanbedoneatany speed, and the front axle will lock
automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Press and release
the 4HI switch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxle will unlock
automatically.
To shift from two-wheel drive, “TWO WHEEL”, or 4HI to4LO: Stopyour
vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.
Press and release the 4LO switch.Youmustwaitfor theamber 4LO
indicator light to stop flashing and go solid amber before shifting your
transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.
If the 4LO switch is pressedwhenyourvehicleis in gearand/ormoving,the
amber 410 indicatorlight will flashfor 30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift
unlessyourvehicleisbelow 3 mphandthetransmissionis in N (Neutral)or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfercasedoesnot
shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe 4LO switch.While the
amber 4LO indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park).
2-34
Wait until the 4LO indicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogear.This will getyouinto 4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour
vehicle in forservice so normaloperationcanberestored.
To shift from 4LO to 4HI: Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N
(Neutral) or depressyourclutchpedal.Pressandreleasethe 4HI switch.You
mustwaitforthegreen 4HI indicator light to stopflashingandgo solid green
before shifting your transmission into gear or releasing the clutch pedal.
If the 4HI switchispressedwhenyourvehicleisingearandlormoving,the
green 4HI indicatorlight will flash for 30 secondsbutnotcompletetheshift
unless the vehicle is below 3 mph and the transmission is in.N (Neutral) or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfercasedoes not
shift into 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
your transmission .in N (Neutral),' press and release the 4HI switch, 'While th.e
green 4HI indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park).Wait
until the 4HI indicator light goes 'solid green before shifting your transmission
intogear.Thiswillgetyouinto 4HI, but you should take your vehicle in for
service so normaloperationcanberestored.
To shift from 4LO to two-wheeldrive, "TWO WHEEL": Youmustshiftfrom
4LO to 4H1 before shifting back into two-wheel drive.
Windows
To openyourmanualwindows,turnthehandcrankoneachdoor to raise or
lower your side door windows.
- -
2-35
Features d& Controls
If you havetheoptionalpowerwindows,thecontrolsare on each of theside
doors.
Thedriver'sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell.Your
powerwindows will only workwhentheignitionhasbeenturned to Run.
Pushtheswitchdowntolowerthewindow.
Push theswitch up toraisethewindow,
Sliding Rear Quarter Window
. .. - i
1 -
Yourvehiclemayhave a slidingrearquarterwindow. Pull thelatchinthe

center of thewindowandslidethe glass to open it. Whenyouclosethe
window, besurethelatchcatches.
2-36
-
. ..
k:.
1
.. .
KO223
Pressthe pad inthecenter of thesteeringwheel to soundthehorn.

Tilt Wheel
KO225
If you have a tilt steering wheel, it allows youtoadjustthesteeringwheel

beforeyoudrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving.
You canalsoraise it to thehighestlevel to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
you enterandexitthevehicle.
2-37
Features & Controls
To tilt thewheel,holdthesteeringwheeland pullthelever.Movethe
steeringwheel to a comfortablelevel,thenreleasethelever to lock the wheel
in place.
The 7Urn SignalMultifunction Lever I
PO177
Theleverontheleftsideofthesteeringcolumnincludesyour:
TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam
WindshieldWipers
& PassingSignal
I'
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Theturn signal hastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft)
positions. These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change.
2-38
f
p:
I
To signalaturn,movetheleverallthewayup or down.Whentheturnis
finished, tke leverwillreturnautomatically.
ClusterDigitalCluster
Standard
PO251
A green arrow ontheinstrumentpanel will flash in thedirection of theturn

or lane change.
To signalalanechange,justraise or lowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
starts to flash. Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
wil returnbyitselfwhen you release it.
2-39
Fearures & Contmls
As yousignalaturn or alanechange, if thearrowsdon’tflashbutjuststay
on,asignalbulbmaybeburnedoutandotherdriverswon’tseeyourturn
signal.
(If yourvehiclehasthedigitalinstrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrows will
flashatafasterrate if a signalbulbisburned out.)
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an accident. If thegreen
arrowsdon’tgoonat all whenyou signalaturn,checkthefuse(see
“Fuses” in theIndex)andforburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwithaddedwiring for thetrailerlights,a
different turn signal flasher is used,Withthisflasherinstalled, the signal
indicator will flasheven if aturnsignalbulbisburnedout. Check thefront
andrearturnsignallightsregularly to makesuretheyareworking.
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps,
sidemarkerlightsandtaillights)meetallapplicableFederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovidencesmayapplytheirownlighting
regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes, or thatheadlightsbeturnedon
wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers. In addition,mostjurisdictions
prohibit driving solely with parking lights, especially at dawn or dusk. It is
recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstate or provincialhighway
authority for applicablelightingregulations.
Headlight High-Low Beam
2-40
To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeamtohighorhightolow,pulltheturn
signalleverallthewaytowardyou.Thenreleaseit.Whenthehighbeams
are on, abluelightontheinstrumentpanelalsowillbeon.
Windshield Wipers
I
PO180
Forasinglewipingcycle,turnthebandto MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe

wipersstart,thenletgo.Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle. If youwant
morecycles,holdtheband on MIST longer.
Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthebandawayfromyoutothe LO
position. For highspeedwiping,turnthebandfurther, to HI. To stopthe
wipers,movetheband totheoffsymbol.
2-41
Featums & ContmIs
PO177
Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option)

You cansetthewiperspeedforalongor short delaybetweenwipes.This
can be very useful in light rain orsnow.Turntheband to choosethedelay
time.Thecloserto LO, theshorterthedelay.
Damaged wiperblades may prevent you from seeing well enough to

drive safety. To avoid damage,be surebfo clear ice and snow from
the wiper blades before using them. li they'refrozen to the
windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades become
damaged,get new blades or blade inserts.
~- ~~
Heavysnow or ice can overload your wipers. A circuit breaker wil stopthem
until the motor cools. Clear awaysnoworice to preventanoverload.
2-42
Windshield Washer
At the top of the multifunction lever there's a paddle with the word PUSH .on
it. To spraywasher fluid on thewindshield,pushthepaddle.
If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoingin LO untilyou
turn the wi,per' control to the off symbol.
If you havethe Low SpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow
and then either stop or return to your pre-set speed.
I CAUTION
2-43
Features & Controls
.
..... ..........
Rear Window WiperHasher
I I
.
-
II
f KO234
._. You controlyourrearwindowwipedwasherfromaswitchonyourinstrument

panel.
Pressthetopoftheswitchtothefirstpositiontoturnonthewiper.
Pressthetopoftheswitch inallthe way towashthewindow.The
wipers will continuetoworkafteryoureleasetheswitch.
Pressthebottom of theswitchtoturnthewiper off.
2-44
Therearwindowwasherusesthesamefluidbottleasthewindshieldwasher.
However,therearwindowwasherwillrunoutoffluidbeforethewindshield
washer. If youcanwashyourwindshieldbutnotyourrearwindow,check
your fluid level.
Cruise Control (Option)
a
s
? E
I T
PO259
WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintainaspeed of about 25 mph (40 krn/h) or

morewithoutkeepingyourfoot on theaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp on
long trips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout 25 mph (40
kmlh).
Whenyouapplyyourbrakesorpushtheclutchpedal, if youhaveamanual
transmission,theCruiseControlshuts off.
CAUTION I
a * Cruise Control can be dangerous where you can’t drive safely at
a steady speed. So, don’t use your Cruise Control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic,
Cruise Control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such
roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t use CruiseControl
on slippery roads.
2-45
Features & Controls
To Set Cruise Control
PO260
MovetheCruiseControlswitch to ON.
CAUTION I
If you leave your Cruise Control switch on when you're not using
A Cruise, you mighthit a button and go into Cruise when you don't
wantto. You coufd be startled and even lose control. Keep the
Cruise Control switch OFF untif you want to use it.
~-~~ ~ ~ ~
Getuptothespeed you want.

Push inthesetbuttonattheend of theleverandreleaseit.
Takeyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal.
2-46
To Resume a Set Speed
SupposeyousetyourCruiseControlatadesiredspeedandthenyouapply
thebrake.This, of course,shuts off theCruiseControl.Butyoudon’tneed
to reset it. Onceyou’regoingabout 25 mph (40 kmlh) ormore,youcan
movetheCruiseControlswitchfrom ON to WA (ResumelAccelerate) for
abouthalfasecond.
You’ll go right back up to your chosenspeed and stay there.
1 CAUTION I
If you hold the switch at WA (ResumelAmlerate) longer than half a
A second, the V8hiCk Wlt keep going faster until you release the switch
or apply the brake. You could be startled and even lose control. So
unless you want to go faster, don’t hold the switch at WA
f (ResumefAccelerate).
To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control

Therearetwoways to go to ahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Usetheacceleratorpedal to get tothehigherspeed.
2. Pushthebuttonattheend of thelever,thenreleasethebuttonandthe
acceleratorpedal.You’llnowcruiseatthehigherspeed.
2-47
Features & Controls
PO263
Here'sthesecondway to go to ahigherspeed:
1. MovetheCruiseswitchfrom ON to WA (Resume/Accelerate). Hold it
thereuntilyougetup to thespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe ~
switch.
2. To increase your speed in very smallamounts,movetheswitch to RIA
(Resume/Accelerate)forlessthanhalf a second and thenrelease it.
Each timeyou do this,yourvehicle will go 1 mph (1.6 km/h)faster.
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
PO264
2-48
1. Pushinthebuttonattheend of theleveruntilyoureachthelower
speedyouwant,thenrelease it.
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebutton for lessthan a
halfsecond.Eachtimeyoudothis, you'll go 1 mph (1.6 kmlh)slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Usetheacceleratorpedaltoincreaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyour foot
off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdown to theCruiseControlspeedyouset
earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
HowwellyourCruiseControl will workon hills depends upon your speed,
load,andthesteepnessofthehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
want to stepontheacceleratorpedaltomaintainyourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave to brake or shift to alowergeartokeepyourspeed
down.Ofcourse,applyingthebraketakesyououtofCruise.Control.Many
driversfindthis to be too muchtroubleanddon'tuseCruiseControlon
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
Therearetwowaystoturn off theCruiseControl:
1. Steplightlyonthebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal, if youhavea
manualtransmission;or
2. MovetheCruiseswitch to OFF.
2-49
Features & Controls -
To Erase Speed Memory

Whenyouturn off theCruiseControl or theignition,yourCruiseControlset
speedmemory is erased.
Lights
Your lightswitchesareontheleftside of yourinstrumentpanel.
Push thetopswitchtoturnon:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCase Shift IndicatorPanel
Pushthe bottom switch to turnontheheadlights,togetherwith:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
2-50
Pushtheswitchmarked OFF to turn off yourlights.
Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch to theright to makeyourinstrument
panelandtransfercaselightsbrighter.Turningthedialalltheway to the
rightuntil it clicks will turn on the interior lights.
Turnthedial to the left to dim yourinstrumentpanelandtransfercase
indicatorlights.
You canswitchyourheadlightsfromhightolowbeambypullingonthe
multifunctionlever.
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights. If youhaveanelectricaloverload,
yourheadlightswillflickeronand off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked
rightaway if thishappens.
Fog Lamps
9
. ..... __
I
KO940
Useyouroptionalfoglampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions.
Your parking lights andlor low beamheadlightsmustbeonoryourlamps
won'twork.
The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel under -the headlight switch.
Presstherightsideoftheswitchtoturnthefoglampson,andtheleftside
of the switch to turnthem off. A light will glowintherightside of theswitch
whentheyare on.
2-51
Features A& Controls
... , . , . , .d
FOG LAMPS
. , . . , ... . , . .
KO241
Remember,foglampsalonewillnotgive off asmuchlightasyourheadlights.

Neveruseyourfoglamps inthedarkwithoutturningonyourheadlights.
KQ242
If yourvehiclewasfirstsold,whennew, in Canada,you will havethislight

on the instrumentpanel. It goesonwhenevertheDaytime Running Lightsare
on.
2-52
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)
TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights’’(DRL)areausefulfeature, in thatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore
visible to pedestrians and other drivers during daylight hours. DRL is required
onall.newvehiclessold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightness in dayfight
when:
Theignitionison
Theheadlightswitchis off, and
Theparkingbrakeisreleased.
I
Whenyouturnonyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitchoffandtheexterior
lights will come on. Whenyouturn off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswill
gooutandhigh.beamswillchangetothereducedbrightness of DRLagain,
TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwill go on whenevertheDRL
ison.Thislightmeansthatonlythe DRL ison.Whenyouturn on your
exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout.Ofcourse,youmaystillturnonthe
headlightsanytimeyouneedto.
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRLoff,settheparkingbrake.TheDRLwill
stay off until youreleasetheparkingbrake.
Headlights-On Reminder
A remindertone will soundwhenyourheadlightsareturnedonandyour
ignitionis in Off, LOCK or Acc. To turnthetoneoff,turnthedimmerdialall
the way to the left.
2-53
Features & Controls I
Dome Lights
KO244
Thedomelights will comeonwhenyouopentheside doors. You can also

turnthedomelightsonbyturningthedimmerdial to the right until it clicks.
Thereardomelight has aswitchthatletsyouturn it onfromtherearofthe
vehicle.Besureyouturn it off whenyouarefinished.
Overhead Console Reading Lights
PO153
2-54
. 1. .
If youhavetheoverheadconsole,youcanturnyourreadinglights on and
off bypressing in onthebuttonbyeachlight.
Thelightscanalsobeswiveledtopoint in thedirectionyouwant.
Mirmrs
1.
Inside Mirror
Pressthetabunderthemirror to reduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.
PO154
If yourvehiclehasoptionalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor
approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor is opened,oruntilthe
ignition is turned to RUN.
Youcanalsoturnthemaplights on and off bypressingtheswitchnear
eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturned to RUN for 'the maplights to
comeon.
2-55
Features & Controls
Outside Mirrors
POI 56
Adjustyouroutsidemirrors so youcan just seetheside of yourvehicle.

Somevehiclescomewith a remotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside
mirrors.Findtheswitchontheinstrumentpanel below theAir
ConditioninglHeatercontrols.Twisttheswitch to therightorleft to choosethe
mirror,then move theswitchfromsidetoside or upanddown as needed.
Convex Outside Mirror
Your rightsidemirrorisconvex. A convexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved so you
canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.
If you aren't used to a convex mirror, you can hit anuther vehicle. A
convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away
than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right fane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your inside mirror or glance
over your shoulder before changing lanes.
2-56
Sun VisorsNanity Mirrors
yr51
To block outglare,youcanswingdownthevisors.Youcanalsoswingthem
fromside to side.
Somevisorshavemirrors built in,withandwithoutlights.Just lift themirror
coveroneachvisor to turnthelightson if youhavethem.
2-57
Features & C o n t d s
Somevisorshavea“dualvisor”,whereyoucanswingportions of’ the visor
indifferentdirectionsatthesametime to blockoutglare.Thesevisorsalso
haveanextensionthatcanbepulledoutforadditionalglareprotection.
Yourvisormayhaveastrap for holding small items, such as maps.
Accessory Power Outlet
PO1L
If you havetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanpluginauxiliary
electricalequipment.Justunsnapthetopoftheoutletandfollowtheproper
installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou
install.
NOTICE
2-58
Cigarette Lighter/Ashtrays
n n
. ..
KO253 ,
To usethelighter,press it in allthe way,andletgo.Whenit'sready, it will

popbackbyitself.
Don'tholdacigarettelighterinwithyourhandwhile it is heating. If you do,
it won'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That
can make it overload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pull on the front of it.
To removethesmallerashtraysonbothsides of thebackseat,pressdown
onthetabsinsideandpull.
Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburninto your ashtray. If youdo,
cigarettesorothersmokingmaterials could setthemon fire causingdamage.
2-59
Features dk Controls
PO158
Yourvehiclemayhave a consolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To
open it, just lift thetop of theconsolewhilepressingthebuttononthe
driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes
ahandyplaceto hold cups. if youhaveamanualtransmission,yourconsole
will haveatray.
PO265
Youmay also havestoragepocketsontheback of yourpowerbucketseats

or 60/40split-bench seats.
2-60
KO258
To openyourglovebox,squeezethebuttonsoneithersideofthekeyhole
togetherandpullthedooropen. Two cupholdersareprovidedforyour
convenience.Useyourdoorkeytolockyourglovebox.
I
PO353
Ifyouhavetheoverheadconsole,you will alsohave a handycompartment

forstoringsmallitems.
2-6 1
Features & Controls
KO259
A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanel may be used for items such as

glovesorsmall books.
KO260
You will find a storagepocketoneachofthefrontdoors.Thedriver’sdoor

pocket contains a coinholderforyourloosechange.
2-62
KO261
Somevehicleshavezipperedstoragebagsoneithersideofthebackseat.
.v
PO189
Convenience Net
A conveniencenet may be provided for the rear of yourvehicle to helpkeep
smallitems,likeglovesandlightclothing in place during sharp turns or quick
stopsandstarts.Thenet is notdesigned to retaintheseitemsduringoff-road
use.Thenetisnotforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthingsundertheload
floor,orontheloadfloor as farforwardasyoucan.
2-63
Features & Controls
Installtheconveniencenetattherear of thevehicle,justinsidetheendgate.
Attachtheupperloopstotheretainersoneitherside of theendgateopening
(thelabelshould be in theupperpassengersidecorner,visiblefromtherear
of vehicle).Attachthelowerloopstotheretainersneartheload floor. of the
endgateopening.
Theconveniencenethas a maximumcapacity of 80 pounds (36 kg).
Cargo Cover
PO188
If you havetheoptionalcargosecurityshade, you can use it tocoveritems

inthecargoareaof your vehicle.
Graspthehandleandpulltheshadetounroll it.. Latchthepostsintothe
socketsontheinsidetrimpaneltosecureit. ...
2-64
Garage Door Opener Storage
n
PO1 85
If youhaveagarage door opener,thefrontoverheadcompartmentcanbe

usedtoconvenientlystoretheopener. To installthegaragedooropener,first
openthecompartmentdoorbypressingthelatchforward.
PO186
Peeltheprotectivebackingfromthehook and looppatch.Press it firmly to
theback of yourgaragedooropener,asclose to thecenter of theopener
as possible.Centerthegaragedooropeneractivationbuttonovertheconsole
doorbuttonand press theopener firmly intoplace.
2-65
Features & Contmls
PO107
Usethepegsinsidethecompartmentdoor to makesurethebuttononthe
compartment door will contactthecontrolbuttonon the garagedooropener.
Add onepeg at a timeuntilthegarage door openeroperateswiththe
compartment door closedwhen you pressthebuttonmarkedPUSH.
2-66
PO039
2-67
Features & Controls
. .
KO262
2-68
KO263
2-69
Featums & Contds
'P .I
2-70
Instrument Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glancehow.your
vehicle is running. You'll knowhowfastyou'regoing,abouthow much fuel
you've used, and many other things you'll need to know to drive safely and
economically.:
Digital Cluster
If you have the digital cluster it looks different but wil tell you everything the
standard .cluster does. The digital cluster also includes a tachometer and will
give readings in either English or Metric.To-.switch from English to Metric,
justpress down onthe f3M lever.
KO265
Your speedometer lets you see your Speed in both miles per hour (mph) and
kilometers peF hour (kmlh). Your odometer. shows how far your vehicle has
been driven, 'in .either miles. (used in the US.) or kilometers (used in
Canada).' -
Tamper Redstant'Odamefer
'
Your odometer is tamper-reeistant. The standard odometer will show- silver

lines betweeh the numbers ,if someone tries to turn it back. The digital
odometer will read ERROR if..someone tries to turn it back.
2-71
Features & Contmls
Cluster
Standard Digital Cluster
KO267
You maywonderwhathappens if your vehicle needs a new odometer
installed. If thenewonecanbeset to the mileage total of theoldodometer,
then it must be. But if it can't,then it's setat zero, and a label must.beput
on thedriver'sdoortoshowtheold mileage readingwhen the newodometer
wasinstalled.
Trip Odometer
Thetripodometercantellyouhowfar your vehiclehasbeendrivensince
I you lastsetthetripodometer to zero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely
depressed.
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster
KO268
2-72
To setthetripodometeronthestandardcluster to zero,pushthebutton
nearthereadout.
Thetripodometeronthedigitalclusterwillappearinplaceofyourregular
odometerwhenyoupressdownonthe Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer
on thedigitalcluster,pressdownonthe Reset lever. To changeback to the
regularodometer,pressdown on the Trip leveragain.
Tachometer
Thetachometerisavailableonlywiththedigitalspeedometer. It displaysthe
enginespeedinrevolutionsperminute(rpm).
I
If youhavethe 4.3L HighPerformanceengine (VIN Code W), youwillhave
afuelregulatorthatshutsthefuel off whentheenginereaches 5600 rpm.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Thissectiondescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle.
Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem.
Warninglightsandgagescansignalthatsomething is wrongbeforeit
becomesseriousenoughtocauseanexpensiverepair or replacement.Paying
attention to yourwarninglightsandgagescouldalsosaveyou or othersfrom
injury.
Warninglightsgo on whentheremaybeor is aproblemwithone of your
2-73
Featmes & Controls’
I
vehicle’sfunctions. As you wil see in the details on the next few pages,
somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkeyjusttolet
youknowthey’reworking. If youarefamiliarwiththissection,youshouldnot
bealarmedwhenthishappens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your
vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglightsworktogether to letyou
knowwhenthere’saproblemwithyourvehicle.
Whenoneofthewarninglightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving,orwhenoneofthegagesshowstheremay be a problem, check the
section that tells you what to do about it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
Waitingtodorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous. So pleasegetto
know your warning lights and gages. They’re a big help.
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster . .
PO158
Yourvehicle’shydraulicbrakesystem is divided into two parts. If onepart

isn’tworking,theotherpartcanstillworkand stop you. For goodbraking,
though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell. If thewarninglightgoeson,there
couldbe a brakeproblem.Haveyourbrakesysteminspectedrightaway.
This light should come on as you start the vehicle. If it doesn’t come on
then,have it fixed so it will be ready to warnyou if there’s a problem.
This light wil also come on when you set your parking brake, and wil stay
on if your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on after your parking
brake is fullyreleased, it meansyoumayhaveabrakeproblem. If thelight
2-74
comesonwhiledriving, pull off theroadandstopcarefully. Youmaynotice
that the pedal is harder to push. Or,the pedal may go closertothefloor.It
may take longer to stop. If the light is still on,havethevehicletowedfor
service.(See“Towing Your Vehicle” in theIndex.)
Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake warning
A tight is on. DMng withthebrake warning tight on can lead to an
accident. If the light is still on after you’ve pulled off the road and
stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed for sewiee.
Antilock Brake System Warning Light
Cluster
Digital
Standard
Cluster
PO160
Withantilock,thislightwillgo on whenyou start yourengineandmaystay

on forafew seconds. That’snormal.
If thelightdoesn’tcomeon,have it fixed so it will beready to warnyou if
thereisaproblem.
If the light stays on, orcomesonwhenyou’redriving,yourvehicleneeds
service.Unlesstheregularbrakesystemwarninglightisalsoon,youwillstill
havebrakes,butnotantilockbrakes. If theregularbrakesystemwarninglight
isalsoon,see“BrakeSystemWarningLight”earlierinthispart.
2-75
Features & Controls
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
.. . . .
, . ...
, ,. ..
If youhaveastandardcluster,youhaveagagethatshowstheengine
coolanttemperature. If thegagepointermovesintotheredarea (260°F or
145”C), your engineistoohot! It meansthatyourenginecoolanthas
overheated. If you have been operating your vehicleundernormaldriving
conditions,youshouldpull off theroad,stopyourvehicleandturn off the
engine as soonaspossible.
If youhaveadigitalcluster, a boxaroundthetemperaturesymbol will also
flash and a chime will sound when your engine is too hot.
Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly!
In Problems on theRoad, thismanualshowswhatto do. See“Engine
Overheating”intheIndex.
2-76
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Senrice €nghe Soon)
Cluster
Digital
Standard
Cluster
PO161
A computermonitorsoperationofyourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol
systems.This light should come on when the ignition is on, but theengine is
not running,asacheck to show you it is working. If it doesnotcomeonat
ail,have it fixed rightaway. If it stayson, or comes on whileyouaredriving,
thecomputer is indicating that you have a problem. You should take your
vehicle in forservice soon.
2-77
Features & Contmls
Oil Pressure Gage
Standard Cluster Oigitar Cluster
The oilpressuregageshowstheengineoilpressureinpsi(poundsper
squareinch)whentheengineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
inkPa(kilopascals).Oilpressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethe low pressurezone
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
A reading in the low pressurezonemay be caused by adangerously low oil
level or other problems causing low oil pressure.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundtheoilpressure symbol will begin to flash
whenthe oil pressure is low.
I NOTICE
2-70
Indicator Lights
Indicatorlightsgoonwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam
headlightstohighbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers.Thenext
fewpages will also tell you about the indicator lights on your vehicle and
helpyoulocatethem.
Charging System Light
KO280
The charging system light wil come on briefly when you turn on the ignition,
buttheengine is notrunning,as a check to showyou it is working.Then it
shouldgooutoncetheengine is running. If it stayson, or comesonwhile
youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt, or another
electricalproblem.Have it checked right away. Drivingwhilethislight is on
drain could .I
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththe light on,becertaintoturn off all

youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner. It isonthelower
right hand side of your standard instrument cluster.
CHECK GAGES Light
If you have the standard instrument cluster, this light will come on briefly
whenyouarestartingtheengine. If thelightcomesonandstaysonwhile
you are driving, check your various gages to see if they are in the warning
zones.
2-79
Features & Controls
KO281
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
Thisgreenlightwiththe DRL symbol is onthelowerleft of theinstrument

cluster,The DRL indicatorisonwhenever the ignition is on and the headlight
switchandparkingbrakeare off. Formoredetailsabout DRL, see“Lights” in
thissection.
2-80
SHIFT Indicator Light
KO287
Thislightwiththe SHIFT symbolisontheinstrumentcluster of somevehicles

withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicatorlightwillhelpyougetthe
bestfueleconomy.See“ShiftIndicatorLight”inthissection.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light
This light with the blue high beam symbol is ontheinstrumentcluster.The

highbeamindicator is onwhenever you useyourhighbeamheadlights.For
moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeamChanger’’in
thissection.
2-8 1
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change indicator
Cluster
Djgjtal
Cluster
Standard
PO251
Thislightwiththegreenarrowsisontheinstrumentcluster.Theturnsignal
indicator will comeonwhenever you signalaturnorlanechange.See“Turn
andLaneChangeSignal” in this section.
Gages
Fuel Gage
KO272
The fuelgagetellsyouabouthowmuchfuelyouhaveleft,whentheignition
is on. Whenthegagefirstindicatesempty,youstillhavealittlefuelleft,but
you shouldgetmorefuelsoon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegin to flashwhen
yourtank is 1/8 full or less.
Herearefourthingsthatsomeownersaskabout,Noneoftheseshowa
problem with your fuel gage:
Atthegasstation,thegaspumpshuts off beforethegagereadsfull.
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill upthanthegageindicated.For
example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull,butit
actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacorner or speedup.
Thegagedoesn'tgoback to emptywhenyouturn off the ignition.
For your fuel,tank capacity, see the Index under "Fluid Capacities.''
Voltmeter
standard Cluster Digits, Cluster
KO278
Whenyourengineisnotrunning,buttheignitionison (inthe Run position),

thegageshowsyourbattery'sstate of charge in DC volts.Whentheengine
is running,thegageshowsthecondition of thechargingsystem.Readings
betweenthelowandhighwarningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange.
I
On thedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthevoltmetersymbol wil begin to flash
whenthechargingsystemneedsservice.
2-83
Features & Controls
You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading in eitherwarningzone. If
youmustdrive,turn off all unnecessaryaccessories.
Readings in eitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblem in theelectrical
system.Havethevehicleservicedassoonaspossible.
Luggage Carrier (Option)
PO1 i
If youhavetheoptionalluggagecarrier,youcanloadthingsontop of your
vehicle.Theluggagecarrierhasslats,siderailsandcrossrailsattachedto
the roof tosecurecargo.Themoveabletiedowns,attached to thesiderails,
shouldbeusedtosecureloads to theluggagecarrier.
Use GM accessoryracksthatarecompatiblewithyourluggagecarrier for
transporting sports equipment.Theseareavailablethroughyour GM dealer.
Removethecenterrubberstrips in thecrossrailsandattachthe GM
accessoryracktothetapplatesprovidedthroughthecenterslots(fourper
crossrail).Thetapplatescanbemovedtoaccommodatevariouspositioning
byslidingtheminsidethecrossrailtothedesiredlocationsbeforemounting
therack.
2-84
You canadjustthecrossrails to handledifferentsizeloads.Justloosenthe
slider screws at each end of the cross rail and move them where you want
them.Makesurebothsides of thecrossrailareeven,thentightentheslider
screws.
Besurethecargoisproperlyloaded.
Carryingsmall,heavyloadsonthe roof isnotrecommended.
Tietheload to themoveabletiedowns,(twopereachside of the
siderails).Usethecrossrailsonly to keeptheloadfromsliding.
If youneed to carrylongitems,movethecrossrails.asfarapart as
possible.Tietheload to themoveabletiedownsprovided in theside
rails.Alsotietheload to thebumpers. Do not tie theload so tightlythat
the cross rails or siderailsaredamaged.
NOTICE
Don’texceedthemaximumvehiclecapacitywhenloadingyourvehicle. For
moreinformationonvehiclecapacityandloading,see“LoadingYourVehicle’’
in theIndex.
To preventdamage or loss of cargoasyou’redriving,checknowandthen to
makesuretheluggagecarrierandcargoarestillsecurelyfastened.
2-85
Featums & Controls
L
'tLaSler Wring Harness
Yourvehiclemayhaveeither a 5-wire or 7-wire harness.
The light duty trailer wiring is a 5-wire harness assembly taped and bundled
at the left corner of thevehicleinterior,nexttotheendgate.Theharnesshas
noconnector,andyoushouldhave a qualified service person wire your
harnessforyou. It must be routed out of your vehicle and attached so that
the trailer or the body won't pull it.
KO249
The heavy duty trailer wiring includes both a 5-wire harness assembly (the
light duty trailer wiring) and a 2-wire harness assembly. The 2-wire harness is
stored under the vehicle along the rear crossmember. Both the 5-wire harness
and the %wire harness have no connector and should
service person. Attach the harness
be wired by a qualified
to the trailer, then tape or strap it to your"
vehicle's frame rail. Be sure you leave it loose enough so the wiring doesn't
I
bend orbreak,butnot so loose that it drags on the ground.
Store the harness in its original place. Wrap the harness together and tie it
neatly so it won'tbedamaged.
2-86
Comfort ContLols &' Audio Systems
Section
In this part you'll find out how to operatethecomfortcontrolsystemsand

audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be sure to read about the particular
system supplied with your vehicle.
For explanation of vehicle symbols, refer to "Vehicle Symbols" in
Section 0.
Comfort Controls ...................................................................................................
3-3
Flow-Through Ventilation System .....................................................................
3-3
Heating System.................................................................................................
.3-5
Heating/Air Conditioning System ...................................................................... 3-6
Engine Block Heater .............................................................................................
3-7
Rear Window Defogger ........,..........................................................,............
Audio Systems.......................................................................................................
3-8
FM Stereo ..........................................................................................................
3-8
AM ..........................................................................................,...............
AM Stereo.........................................................................................................
3-9
How to Operate Your ETRs AM Radio ........................................................ 3-10
How to OperateYour ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio System ...................................................................................3-12
How to Operate YourETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System .......................................................................
3-1
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
How toOperateYour ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer .........................................3-17
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player .............................................................. 3-20
How toOperateYour ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ................................................3-21
Care of Your Compact Disc ........................................................................... 3-26
Fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................ 3-26
3-2
Comfort Controls
KO506
Yourvehicle’sflow-throughventilationsystemsuppliesoutsideair to theinside
ofyourvehiclewhen it is moving,Withthesidewindowsclosed,air will flow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust
valves. Outside air wil also enter the vehicle when the heater or theair
conditioningfanisrunning.
Ventilation Tips
Keepthe hood and frontairinletfreeofice,snow,oranyother
obstruction(suchasleaves).Theheateranddefroster will workfar
better,reducingthechanceoffoggingtheinsideofyourwindows.
Whenyouenteravehicle in coldweather,turntheblowerfanto HI for
a fewmomentsbeforedriving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of
snowandmoisture,andreducesthechanceoffoggingtheinsideof
your windows.
Keeptheairpathunderthefrontseatsclearofobjects.Thishelpsair
to circulate throughout your vehicle.
3-3
Air Vents
. ,. , ..
I
You will find air vents in the center and on the sides of your instrument
panel.You canmovethevents to directthe flow of air, or closethevents
altogether.Whenyoucloseavent, it will increase the flowof aircoming out
of any vents that are open.
If yourvehicle does o;t haveairconditioning,thereare air vents in eachkick
panelbelowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandle to openandclose
it,
3-4
Heating System
If your vehicle does not have air conditioning, this is what your heating
systemwill look like.
Fan Lever
Theleveratthetop of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair
flow,movethelevertoward HI. To decreasetheairflow,moveittoward OFF.
Temperature Lever
Theleverontheleftofthesystemletsyouselectthetemperature of theair
flowing into yourvehicle.Movethelever up forwarmerair.Movethelever
down for cooler air.
,
Function Lever
Theleverontherightofthesystemcanbemoved to threedifferentheating
functions.
DEFROST: Thissettingoperatesthedefroster. Most oftheaircomesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Usethiswhenyouget fog or iceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostofthe air comes out near thefloor. The restcomesout
from the defroster vents under the windshield and at the frontsidewindows.
Thisisbestforcoldweather.
VENT: Theaircomes out attheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour
front side windows.
3-5
IieatindAir Conditioning System
KO507
If yourvehiclehasairconditioning,yourheatinglairconditioningsystemwill
look like this.
Beforeusingyourvehicle’sairconditioning,openthewindowstoclearthe
vehicleofhotair.
Fan Lever
Thelever at thetopofthesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair
flow,movethelevertoward HI. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO.
Temperature Lever
Theleverontheleft of thesystemdisplaylets you selectthetemperature ot
theaircomingintoyourvehicle.Movetheleverupforwarmerair.Movethe
lever down for cooler air.
Function Lever
Theleverontherightofthesystemcanbemovedtosevendifferentheating
and air conditioning functions.
DEFROST: Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most of the air comesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoingtothefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Usethiswhenyougetfogoriceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostoftheaircomesoutnearthefloor. The restcomesout
fromthedefrosterventsunderthewindshieldand at yourfrontsidewindows.
This is bestforcoldweather.
3-6
VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpaneland at your
frontsidewindows.
BI-LEV AIC: Withthis,outsideaircomes in throughtheheater floor ventand
theinstrumentpanelvents,Thissettingisuseful in coolweatherwithbright
sunlight.
NORM NC: Thissetting cools theoutsideair. If youfirstused MAX, use
NORM assoonasthevehiclehascooleddown, so outside air will begoing
through your vehicle.
MAX NC: This cools theairthefastest.Movetheotherleveralltheway to
Cold. MAX letsinonlyalittleairfromtheoutside. You canuse MAX atfirst
when it'sreallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool off quickly.
OFF: Thebloweris off, butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefrontofyour
vehicle.Thesystemwill try tokeeptheairatthechosentemperature.
Engine Block Heater
If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your
heatingsystemwillproducewarmerairfaster,toheatthepassenger
compartment in coldweather.See"EngineBlockHeater" in theIndex.
Rear Window Defogger
I
7,
: /-
REAR
OEFOG I
I
KO509
If your vehiclehasthisoptiontherearwindow will havelinesrunningacross

theglass.Theselinesheatyourwindow.
3-7
For best results, clear the window of as much snow or ice as possible first.
To turnontherearwindowdefogger,findtheswitchmarked REAR DEFOG
on your instrument 'panel above the headlight switch. Press the top of this
switchuntilthelight in theswitchcomeson,thenreleaseit.Therearwindow
defoggerwillonlywork if the ignition switch is turned to RUN.
Youcanturnthedefogger off atanytimebypressingthebottom of the
switch. The defogger will shut itself off after several minutes so that the glass
doesnotget too hot. If thewindowstillisn'tclear,turnthedefogger on
again.
NOTICE I
Audio Systems
CAUTION
Hearing damage from loud noise 1s almost undetecta&je:until it is too
A late. Yourhearing can adapt to higher volumes of sound, Saund that
seems nurmal can be loud and harmful to your hearing. Taka
precautions by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing l o s s or damage:
..
t
Adjust the volume control to the lowest sstring.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and
clearly.
YourDelco@audiosystemhasbeendesigned to .operate easily and give
years of listening pleasure. But you will get the most enjoyment out of it if
you acquaint yourself with it first. Find out what your Oelco" system can do
andhowtooperate all its controls, to besureyou'regettingthe most out of
the advanced engirieering that went into it.
FM Stereo . .
FM stereo wil giveyou the bestsound. But FM signals wil reachonly about
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).And, tall buildings or hillscaninterferewith
FM signals,causingthesoundtocomeandgo.
3-8
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night.
Thelonger.range,however,cancausestationstointerferewitheachother.
AM canpickupnoisefromthingslike storms andpowerlines. Try reducing
the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
AM S t e m
C-QUAW
This meanstheDelco*systemcanreceiveC-QUAM*stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stations around the country use C-QUAM@ to produce stereo,
thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM* is a re istered trademark ofMotorola,Inc.)
%
If your Delcoa system can get C-QUAM R , your “STEREO’ light wil come on
whenyou’rereceivingit.
NOTICE I
3-9
1
How to Operate Your ETW AM Radio
K4308
Thisparttellsyouhowyour ETR@ AM radioworks.

PWR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controls the'volume. The VOL knobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
Ittellsyouthetime.(Whentheignitionis off, pushthe RECALL knobto
display the time.)
Itallowsyouto RECALL thefrequencywhentheradio is playing.
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehind,theupperknoballowsyoutobalancethesoundbetween
therightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknobtotune inradiostations.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttonsforup to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune inthestationyouwant.
Pushthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayforafew
seconds.)
3-1 0
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
Up to three. additional stations may be preset by pressing two. adjoining
buttons at the same time.
Tune.inthedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwo,adjoiningpushbuttons at thesametime.
(The station will' return when the same two buttons ar.e pressed again.
Clock
the. To set' clock, just: ., . .
. .
Pushthe SET pushbutton.

Within 5 seconds, pressandhold MlNS untilthecorrectminuteappears
on th.e
display. ' , "
Pressandhold .HRS untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.

TREBLE
Slidethe TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestationis
weakornoisy, slidethe TREBLE leverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slidethe BASS leverup to increasethebassresponse.Adjustthe BASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
3-1 1
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your E T P AM=FM Stereo Audio
System
.-
K4309
This part tells you how your ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.

PWR (Power)
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesetwothings:
It controlsthevolume.The VOL knobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushthe RECALL knob to
display the time.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyoutobalancethesoundbetween
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknobtotune in radiostations.Pushittoget AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
3-1 2
SEEK
Pressthe SEEK button to causethereceiver to SEEK thenexthigherstation
andstop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradio will go to thenextstationandpauseand
willkeepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SCAN appears in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
The four pushbuttons let you return to favoritestations.
You can set the pushbuttons for up to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and
7 FM). Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appearsinthe VF display for afew
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstation will return.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstationsmaybepresetoneachbandbypressingtwo
adjoiningbuttons at thesametime.(Thestation will returnwhenthesame
two buttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
Pressandhold SCAN untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
TREBLE
Slidethe TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If astation is
weakornoisy,slidethe TREBLE leverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slidethe BASS leverup to increasethebassresponse.Adjustthe BASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to your ear.
3-1 3
Cassetfe System
F , ,.
p.
K4310
ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystem

works:
PWR (Power)
Upper Knob
It controlsthevolume.The VOL knobincreasesvolumewithclockwise
rotation.
It tells you thetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushthe RCL knob to
displaythetime.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside of thetape.(Pressthe RCL knob
whilethecassette is playing.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob to tune in radiostations.Push it toget AM or FM,
3-1 4
FADE
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
rearspeakers.
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK button will cause the receiver to SEEK thenexthigher
stationandstop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgotothenextstationandpause,and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SCAN appears in theVF
display.
Pushbuttons
The four pushbuttons let you return to favorite stations. You cansetthe
pushbuttons for up to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
5
Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayfor 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
NOTE:
In addition to thefourstationssetasabove, up to threeadditionalstations
may be preset on eachbandbypressing two adjoiningpushbuttonsatthe
sametime.
Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appearsintheVFdisplayfor 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Within 5 seconds,press and hold SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
Press and hold SCAN untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
3-1 5
Comfort C o n t d s & Audio Systems
TREBLE
Slidethe TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestation is
weakornoisy,slidethe TREBLE leverdowntoreducethenoise.
BASS
Slidethe BASS leveruptoincreasethebassresponse.Adjustthe BASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
DNR@
ThisistheDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground
hissfromtheradioortapeplayer.Youmaywant to leave it pushed in all the
time.
DNR@ isaregisteredtrademarkofNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Yourtapeplayer is built to workbestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 minutes
longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare so thintheymay not workwell
in thisplayer.
Oncethetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolumebalance
andfadejustasyoudofortheradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside of the
i
tapeisbeingplayed.
Forward
To rapidlyadvancethetape,pressthearrowpointingrightandthetape wil
rapidly go forwarduntilyoupressthe STOP-EJECT buttonlightly.
Reverse
To rapidlyreversethetape,pressthearrowpointing left andthetape will
rapidlyreverseuntilyoupressthe STOP-EJECT buttonlightly.
PROGRAM
To gofrom onesideofthetape to theother,pressthe VOL-BAUPROG-RCL
knob (Volume).
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe
STOP-EJECT button.
3-1 6
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System With Equalizer
. .-.
K4311
This part tells you how your ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith

equalizer works.
PWR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradio on and off,
Upper Knob
It controlsthevolume.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignitionis off, pushthe RCL knob to
display the time.)
I t allowsyou to heartheotherside of thetape.(Pressthe PROG knob
whilethecassetteisplaying.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
right and left speakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknobtotuneradiostations.Pushittoget AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
3-1 7
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK button will causethereceiver to SEEK thenexthigher
stationandstop.
SCAN
When you press SCAN, theradio will go to the next station and pause and
willkeepscanninguntil you press SCAN again. SCAN appears in thegraphic
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttonsforuptofourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton.(NOTE:Thedisplay wil show SET for about
5 seconds.)
Withinthe 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou
pressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
In addition to thefourstationssetasabove,up to three additional stations
may be preset on each band by pressing two adjoining buttons at the same
time.Just:
i
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametimt
(Thestation will returnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To set the clock, just:
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
Adjust The Tone
Usetheleversintheupperleftcornertosetthebass,midrange,andtreble
untilyougetthesoundyouwant.The 60 and 250 leversadjustthebass;1K
ismidrange;and3.5Kand10Kcontrolthetreble.
We suggest you start with the center lever (1K) in the midpoint position, then
movetheothersup untilyougettheamountofbassandtrebleyoulike.
3-1 8
Am-St Button
The Am-St is just below the PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to an
AM stationthatbroadcasts in stereo.Your STEREO light will comeonwhen
you’rereceiving AM stereo. If youpush Am-St andthere is no morenoise, it
meansthestation is weak.You’llhearthestationbetter if youdon’tuse
Am-St. Justpushthe Am-St buttonagain to deletestereo.
LOUD
Theloudnessbutton is next to the PWR button.Push it togetmorebass
sound.
DNP
YouraudiosystemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction. It helpsremove
background hiss noise from the radio or tape player.
DNR@ isaregisteredtrademarkoftheNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To PIay A Cassette
Yourtapeplayer is built to workbestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 minutes
long on each side. Tapes longer than that are so thin they may not work well
in thisplayer.
Oncethetape is playing,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance
andfade,justasyoudidforradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichsideofthe
tapeisbeingplayed.
cr02
The Cr02 buttonletsyousetthesystemforthetypeofcassettebeingused.
If youareusingchromeormetaltapes,pushthe Cr02 buttonin.
FWD (Fow8rd)
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD, andthetape wil rapidlygoforward
until you press the REV buttonlightly.
REV (Reverse)
To rapidlyreversethetape,press REV, andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil
youpressthe FWD buttonlightly.
SEARCH
Pushthe SEARCH button to theright.(The ON light will comeon.)
Push FWD to go to thebeginningofthenextselection.
Push REV withthe SEARCH ON lightlit,andthetape will reverse to the
beginningofthecurrentselection.
3-1 9
PROGRAM
To go fromoneside of thetapetotheother,presstheupperknob.
EJECT
To removethetape or stopthetapeandswitch to radio,pressthe EJECT
button.
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
. .
I’ J
K1313
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound quality,
ruinedcassettes, or adamagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshouldbestored
in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat. If
theyaten’t,theymaynotoperateproperlyorcausefailureofthetapeplayer.
Yourtapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonth or afterevery 15
hours ofuse. If younoticeareduction in soundquality,tryaknowngood
cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette
hasnoimprovementinsoundquality,clean the tapeplayer.
Clean your cassette tape player with a wipingaction, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, and follow the directions provided with it.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Alwaysmake sure that the cassette tape is in good condition before you
have your tape player serviced.
3-20
Compact Disc (CD) System
PT
KO596
Thisparttellsyouhowyour ETR@ AM-FM stereosystemworks:

PWR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off whentheignition is on.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesetwothings:
Itcontrolsthevolume.Volume will increasewhentheVOLknobis
turnedclockwiseanddecreasewhenturnedcounterclockwise.Volumewill
bedisplayedbrieflyunlesstheLeftlRightspeakercontrol,RearlFront
speakercontrol, BASS or TREB areadjusted.
It controlsthemutefeature.Bypressingthe MUTE knob,allsoundfrom
theradioor CD playerstops.Bypressingtheknobagain,orbyturning
the VOL knobclockwise,sound wil beginagain.
LeftrRIght Speaker Control
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou to balance the sound between
the right and left speakers. Balance will be displayedbrieflywhenusingthis
control.
Lower Knob
The lower knob does these two things:
It enablesyou to tune in differentradiostationsbyturningtheknob
clockwise or counterclockwise.
3-21
It enablesyou to alternatebetween AM and FMstationsbypressingthe
BAND knob.Yourselectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.
Rear/Front Speaker Control
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
rearspeakers.Fadelevelswillbebrieflydisplayed.
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK b button will cause the receiver to seek the next higher
station and stop.
Pressing the 4 SEEK button will causethereceiver to seekthenextlower
stationandstop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to thenextstationandpause,and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SC wil bedisplayedwhen
using this control.
Pushbuttons
Thefivepushbuttons let youreturn to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused
whenyouplayadisc.(See “To Play A CompactDisc”.)
Tosetthepushbuttonsforuptotenfavoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM):
Pushthe SET button. (SET isdisplayedbriefly.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Clock
To set the clock, just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton.Theradiomaybeon or off.
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdeither SEEK b to increasethe
minutesor 4 SEEK to decreasetheminutes until the correct minute
appearsonthedisplay.
RCL
Pressthe RCL button to alternate between time and radio station on the
display. RCL may bepressedwhentheignitionis off toseethetime.
3-22
BASS
Pressthe BASS A to increasebasstonesand V BASS to decreasebass
tones.Pressthecenterofthecontrolfor a preset BASS position.Thebass
level will bedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
TREBLE
Pressthe TREB A to increasethetrebletonesand V TREB to decrease
thetrebletones.Pressthecenterofthecontrolforapreset TREB position.
Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
To Play A Compact Disc (CD):
I
I
Insertadiscpartwayintothe slot, labelsideup.Theplayer will pull it in.

Wait a fewsecondsandthediscshouldplay.
If thedisccomesbackout,checkwhether:
Thediscisupsidedown.
It is dirty,scratched, or wet.
Toomuchmoistureisintheair. (If thereis,waitaboutonehourand try
again.)
RCL
Press RCL to seewhattrackisplaying.Press it againwithin 5 seconds to
seehowlong it hasbeenplaying.Thetracknumberalsoappearswhenyou
change the volume or whenanewtrackstarts to play.
COMP
Pressthe COMP button to make soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal
involume. COMP appearsinthedisplaywhileusingthiscommand.
I RDM
The RDM buttonmeansrandomandwhenitispressed, it causesthe CD
mechanism to play the tracks. in a random order rather than in the sequential
1, 2, 3 order.
3-23
REV
Pressandholdthe REV buttontoquicklyreturn to afavoritepassage.The
counterreading will bedisplayedwhenusingthiscontrol.
FWD
Pressandholdthe FWD buttontoadvancequicklywithinatrack.Release it
to resumeplaying.Watchthedisplaytostopat a specificpassage.
SCAN
Press SCAN tosampleeachtrack for approximately 10 seconds.Scanning
willcontinueuntilthe RDM, SCAN or anyothermotionbuttonispressed
again.
PREV
If youholdthe PREV (4 SEEK) button,orpress it morethanonce,thedisc
will return to previoustracks.
NEXT
Press NEXT (SEEK b) tohearthenexttracknowinstead of waitinguntilthe
presenttrackisfinished. If youholdthisbuttonorpressitmorethanonce,
thediscwilladvancefurther.
ST-PL
Press ST-PL (Stop-Play) to makethediscstopandtheradioplay.Press
ST-PL again to restartthediscatthepointwhere it stopped.
Press PWR or turn the ignitionkey off tostopthediscplayer.Thediscstays
in theplayerand wil resumeplayingatthepointwhereitstopped.
Press EJECT toejectthediscandmaketheradioplay.Thedisc will start at
tract 1 whenyoureinsert it.
Anti-Theit Feature
Delco LOC ll@ isanAnti-Theftfeatureforthecompactdiscplayer. It can be
usedorignored. If ignored,thesystemplaysnormally. If it is used,your
playerwon’tbeusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’tturnon.
Theinstructionsbelowtellyouhowtoenterasecretcodeintothesystem. If
yourcarlosesbatterypower for anyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith
thesecretcodebeforetheradio will turnon.
To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany 6 digitnumberandkeep it in a safeplace.
2. Turntheignitiontothe“Accessory”or“Run”position.
3. Pressthe PWR button to turntheradio off.
3-24
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttonstogether.Holdthemdownuntil I‘- - -” shows
on the display.
Youarenowready to enteryoursecretcode. Don’twaitmorethan 15
seconds between steps.
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.
6. Pressthe SEEK b button to makethefirstnumberappear.
7. Rotatethe TUNE knobrightorleft to makethelast two numbersagree
with your code.
8. Press BAND and 000 willappearagain.Nowyouareready to enterthe
last three digits of your code.
9. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for the last three digits of your code.
10. Press BAND and rEP wil appearfor 5 secondsandthen 000 will
appear.
11. Repeatsteps 6 through 10. Thistime SEC willappear-indicatingthat
theradio is secure.
To Unlock The System After A Power Loss
Whenbatterypower is reapplied to a securedradio,theradiowon’tturn on
and LOC will appear on the display.
Enteryoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan 15 secondsbetween
steps.
1. Turn the ignition on. (Radio off .)
2. Depressthe SET button.Thedisplaywillshow 000.
3. Enterthesix digits’of thecodefollowingsteps 6-9 above.Thedisplay
willshowthenumbersasentered.
4. Depressthe BAND knobandthe time appears-indicatingthatthedis-
ablingsequencewassuccessful. If thedisplayindicates SEC, thenum-
bers did not match and the unit is still secured.
Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswithignitiononandradiopower
off. Thedisplaywillshow SEC, indicatingtheunitis in thesecuremode.
2. Depressthe SET button.Thedisplaywillshow 000.
3. Enterthefirstthreedigitsofthecodefollowingsteps 6 and 7 ofthe
precedingparagraphs.Thedisplaywillshowthenumbersasentered.
3-25
4. Depressthe BAND knob.Theradio will display 000.
5. Enterthesecondthreedigitsofthecode.Thedisplay will showthe
numbers as entered.
6. Depressthe BAND knob. If thedisplayshows "= - J', thedisabling
sequencewassuccessful.Thenumbersmatchedtheuser-selectedcode
or thefactoryback-upcodeandtheunitis in the UNSECURED mode. If
thedisplayshows SEC,thedisablingsequencewasunsuccessfuland
thenumbersdidnotmatcheitherofthecodesandtheunit will remain
inthe SECURED mode.
Care of Your Compact Disc
KO55
Handlediscscarefully.Storethemintheiroriginalcasesorotherprotective
casesandawayfromdirectsunlightanddust. If thesurfaceofadisc is
soiled,dampenaclean, soft clothinamild,neutraldetergentsolutionand
clean it, wiping from the center to theedge.
Besurenever to touchthesignalsurfacewhenhandlingdiscs.Pickupdiscs i
by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Fixed Mast Antenna
Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten it
out by hand. If themast is badlybent,as it mightbe by vandals,youshould
replace,.it.
Checkeveryonce in awhile to besurethemast is stilltightened to the
fender.
3-26
t .... ... ‘ F
Your Driving.and the Road

. . .
Section
Hereyou’llfindinformationaboutdrivingondifferentkindsofroadsand in
varying weather conditions . We’ve. also included many other useful tips on
driving.
Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2
Defensive Driving .................................................................................................. 4-8
Drunken Driving..................................................................................................... 4-9
Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................ 4-12
Braking.............................................................................................................. 4-12
Steering Tips.................................................................................................... 4-17
Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-18
Passing ............................................................................................................. 4-20
Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-22
Driving Guidelines ...............................................................................................4-23
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle ...................................4-23
Driving at Night ................................................................................................... 4-34
Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-36
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-38
City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-40
Freeway Driving ................................................................................................... 4-41
Driving a Long Distance ..................................................................................... 4-43
Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-45
Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-47
Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-50
Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54
Towing a Trailer .................................................................................................. 4-55
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Road Signs
Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols.
It's a good idea to know these codes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic
meaning or intent of thesignevenbeforeyouhaveachance to read it.
Color of Road Signs
%."_.~..~..-.--- ............."--.".
AM402001 I
RED means STOP. It mayalsoindicatethatsomemovement is notallowed.
Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY.
RAILROAD
NO PASSING NARROW
ADVANCE
ZONE BRIDGE
CROSSiNG
AM402002
YELLOW indicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownand be carefulwhen you

seeayellowsign. It maysignal a railroadcrossingahead,ano-passing
zone, or some other potentially dangerous situation. Likewise, a yellow solid
linepaintedontheroadmeans"Don'tCross."
4-2
/
LOCtJ WORKERS
SHOULOER AHEAD
AM402003
ORANGE indicatesroadconstruction or maintenance.You'llwanttoslow

downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart of theroadmaybeclosed off
or tornup.Andtheremaybeworkers andmaintenancevehiclesaround, too.
I
; I
1 NICE
. .. . .. ...,
~ . ........" .....,.,.-..,, . . .. ......-... . .. ... ..... ....- . ~ .. ........- ..... .. .. ...._. .... . . . . . ..... . .. ... . ....
~ .'
AM402004
GREEN is usedtoguidethedriver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming
freewayexits or show thedirectionyoushouldturn to reachaparticular
place.
r
3 0
BLUE signs withwhiteletters show motorists'services.
4-3
r 1
AM402006
BROWN signspointoutrecreationareas or pointsofhistoric or cultural

interest.
Shape of Road Signs
The shape of thesignwilltell you something, too.
ST0
L
..
An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided)signmeans STOP. It is alwaysredwithwhite

letters.
AM102008
A DIAMOND-shapedsign is awarningofsomethingahead-forexample,the
end of a dividedhighway,acurve,steephill, soft shoulder, or a narrow
bridge.L'
4-4
AM402009
A TRIANGLEpointeddownward,indicates YIELD. It assignstheright-of-way

to traffic on certainapproaches to anintersection.
I . .
AM402010
A TRIANGULARsignalso is usedontwo-laneroads to indicateaNO

PASSINGZONE.Thissign will be on theleftside of theroadway.
KEEP LEFT OR RIGHT TURN

RIGHT THROUGH ONLY
AM40201
RECTANGULAR(square or oblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking
regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistances to cities.
4-5
Symbols on Road Signs
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns in usetoday.
Thebasicmessage 01 manyofthesesigns is in pictures or graphic symbols.

A picturewithin a circlewithadiagonallineacross it showswhat NOT to do.
AM402013
Traffic Lights
I A
We’re allfamiliarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrowsarebeing
used in the lights for improved traffic control. On some multilane roads, green
arrowslightup,indicatingthattraffic in oneormorelanescanmoveormake
a turn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean “go no matterwhat”.You’llstillneed to
proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright of way to pedestriansandsometimes
to other vehicles.
4-6
Some traffic lights also use red arrows to signify that you must stop before
turningonred.
Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane
trafficcontrolduring rush hours. A red X lightabovealanemeansnodriving
in thatlaneatthattime. A greenarrowmeansyoumaydrive in thatlane.
Lookforthesignsposted to warndriverswhathours and days these
systemsare in effect.
REVERS~BLE
LANE ON
MULTI-LANE
Ak. .___ .-
Pavement Markings
NO PASSING ZONE
AM4020’
Pavementmarkings add to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation to

drivers without taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line .on your
side of the road or lane means ‘‘don’t cross.”
Your Own Signals
Driverssignal to others,too. it’s not only morepolite,it’ssafer to letother
drivers know what you aredoing. And in someplacesthelawrequiresdriver
signals.
4-7
Turnandlanechangesignals: Alwayssignalwhenyouplan to turn or
changelanes.
If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsoutthewindow:Leftarmstraightout
foraleftturn,downforsloworabout-to-stop,andupforarightturn.
Slowing down: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice in advance
of slowing orstopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou.
Disabled: Yourfour-wayflasherssignalthatyourvehicle is disabled or is a
hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher” in theIndex.
Traffic Officer
Thetrafficpoliceofficerisalsoasourceofimportantinformation.Theofficer’s
signals govern, no matter what the traffic lights or other signs say.
Thenextpartdiscussessome of the road conditions you mayencounter.
Defensive Driving
Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in yourvehicle:Buckleup,
(See“SafetyBelts” in theIndex.)
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.’’Oncitystreets,rural
roads,orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpect the unexpected.”
Assumethatpedestriansorotherdriversaregoing to becarelessandmake
mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight do, Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
Expect children to dash out from behind parked cars, often followed by other
children. Expect occupants in parked cars to open doors intotraffic.Watchfor
movement in parked cars-someonemaybeabout to openadoor.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouare on athroughstreet.Be
readytobrake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.Youmaynot
have to usethebrake,but if you do, you will beready.
If you’redrivingthroughashoppingcenterparkinglotwherethereare
well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect
some drivers to ignore all these markings and dash straight toward one part
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem.Ingeneral, you must give way
to pedestrians even if youknow you havetherightofway.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable ofaccidents.Yettheyare
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving
4-8
maneuver, in bothcityandruraldriving. Youneverknowwhenthevehicle in
frontofyou is going to brake or turn suddenly.
Here’safinalbitofinformationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
time for driving in the U.S. is veryearlyonSundaymorning. In fact, GM
Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous times for
driving,everyweek, fall on thesameday.Thatday is Sunday.Themost
dangeroustime is Sundayfrom 3 a.m. to 4 a.m.Thesafesttime is Sunday
from 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat3a.m.
isn’t just a little more dangerous than it is at10 a.m. It’s about134times
moredangerous!Thatleads to thenextpart.
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddriving is a national tragedy.
It’s the number one contributor to the highway death toll, claiming thousands
of victims every year. Alcohol takes away three things that anyone needs to
drive a vehicle:
Judgment
MuscularCoordination
Vision
Policerecordsshowthathalf of all motorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver,apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking. In most cases,thesedeathsaretheresult of someonewho
was drinking and driving. Over 25,000 motor vehicle-related deaths occur
eachyearbecause of alcohol, and thousands of people are injured.
Justhowmuchalcoholis too much if apersonplans to drive?Ideally,no
oneshoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.Butifonedoes,thenwhat’s “too
much”canbe a lot lessthanmanymightthink.Although it depends on each
personandsituation,here is somegeneralinformationontheproblem.
TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC) ofsomeonewhoisdrinkingdependsupon
four things:
Howmuchalcohol is inthedrink.
Thedrinker’s body weight.
Theamount of foodthat is consumedbeforeandduringdrinking.
Thelength oftime it hastakenthedrinkertoconsumethealcohol.
4-9
I
AM407001
JI
AM407002
AccordingtotheAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person ‘I
whodrinksthree12-ounce (355 ml)bottles of beer in anhourwillendup
with a BAC of about 0.06 percent.Thepersonwouldreachthesame5AC
by drinkingthree4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or threemixeddrinks if
eachhad 1 4 2 ounces(45mi) of a liquor likewhiskey,ginorvodka.
It’stheamount of alcohol that counts. For example, if thesamepersondrank
three double martinis (3 ounces or 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour,the
person’sBAC would becloseto0.12percent. A personwhoconsumes food
justbefore or during drinking will have a slightly lower BAC level.
4-1 0
Thelaw in most US. statessetsthelegal limit ataBACof 0.10 percent.In
Canadathelimitis0.08percent,and in someothercountriesit’slowerthan
that.TheBAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six drinks (in one
hour). Of course, as we’veseen, it depends onhowmuchalcohol is in the
drinks, and how quickly the person drinks them.
Butit’sveryimportant to keep in mind that the ability to drive is affected well
belowaBACof0.10percent.Researchshowsthatthedrivingskillsofmany
peopleareimpairedataBACapproaching 0.05 percent,andthattheeffects
areworseatnight. All driversareimpairedat BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
Statisticsshowthat the chance of being in anaccidentincreasessharplyfor
driverswhohaveaBACof 0.05 percentorabove. A driverwithaBAClevel
of 0.06 percent(threebeers in onehourfora180-poundor 82 kgperson)
has doubled his or herchance of havinganaccident.AtaBAClevel of 0.10
percent, the chance of that driver having an accident is six times,greater; at
a level of 0.1 5 percent, the chances are twenty-five times greater! And, the
bodytakesaboutanhour to rid itself ofthealcohol in one drink. No amount
of coffeeornumber of cold showers wil speedthatup.
“1’11 becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What if there’sanemergency,aneed
to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet? A personwitha
higher BAC might not be able to reactquicklyenough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people don’t
know.Medicalresearchshowsthatalcohol in aperson’ssystemcanmake
crashinjuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain,spinalcordandheart
injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeen drinking-driver or
passenger-is in acrash,thechanceofbeingkiiledorpermanentlydisabled
is higher than if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
thatthechanceofacrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers.
-.. . .. .... .
A Drinking and then driving is very dangemus. Your rekxes,

perceptions, and judgment wit1 be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You caufd have a serious-or even fatal-accident if you
I .
drive after dtinking. Please don’t drink and drive or ride with 8 dhver,
who ‘has beendrinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you’re with a
‘,group,designate a driver who will not drink,
4-1 1
Control of a Vehicle
AM409004
Youhavethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant it to go.
Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator. All threesystemshave
to do theirworkattheplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad.
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingon snow or ice, it’s easytoaskmore of
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
canlosecontrolofyourvehicle.
Braking
Brakingactioninvolves perceptiontime and reactiontime.
First, youhavetodecidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’s perception
time. Then you have to bring up your foot and do it. That’s reactiontime.
Average reactiontime isabout 314 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
It mightbelesswithonedriverandaslongas two or threeseconds or
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and
eyesightallplayapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven in 314
ofasecond,avehiclemovingat 60 mph (100 kmlh)travels 66 feet (20 m).
Thatcouldbe a lot ofdistance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace
betweenyourvehicleandothersisimportant.
And, of course,actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface of the
road(whetherit’spavement or gravel);theconditionoftheroad(wet, dry,
icy); tire’ tread; and the condition of yourbrakes.
4-1 2
Most drivers treat their brakes with care. Some,however,overworkthe
brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits.
Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive in spurts-heavy
accelerationfollowedbyheavybraking-ratherthankeepingpacewith
traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakes maynothavetime to cool
betweenhardstops.Yourbrakeswillwearoutmuchfasterifyoudoa
lot of heavy braking.
Don’t“ride”thebrakesbylettingyourleftfootrestlightly on thebrake
pedalwhiledriving.
I
AM410C
ION
..
r
“Riding” your brakes can cause them to overheat io the paid #hat’
A they won’t work wek You.might not be able to stop your vehicte in
time to avoid an accident. If you ‘Vide” your brakes, they will get so
hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slow you down. Avoid
“riding*’ the brakes.
NOTICE
4-1 3
If youkeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you
will eliminatea lot of unnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand
longerbrakelife.
If yourengineeverstopswhileyou’redriving,brakenormallybut don’t I
pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygetharder to pushdown. If
yourenginestops,you will stillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou
will use it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup, it may
takelonger to stopandthebrakepedal will be harder to push.
Antilock Brakes (ABS)
Yourvehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpyou
keep it under control.
Whenyoustartyourvehicleandbegin to driveawayyoumayheara
momentary motor or clicking noise. This is the ABS system testing itself.
AM415003
Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad is wet.You’redriving safely.

Suddenlyananimaljumpsout in front of you.
Youslam on thebrakes.Here’swhathappens with ABS.
A computersensesthatthewheelsareslowingdown.Thecomputer
separately works the brakes at each front wheel and at the rear wheels. The
antilock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could.
The computer is programmed to makethe most of available tire and road
conditions.Youcansteeraroundtheobstaclewhilebrakinghard.
I
4-1 4
AM415013
As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdatesonwheelspeedand
controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly.
I CAUTION . .
. .. . . . .. , , . . . ,
A Antilock doesn’t chzmge the time you need to get your foot up to the
brake.pedal. If yttu geto
i0 close to the vehicle in front.of you, you
won’t have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows
I or stops. Always leave enoughroom up ahead to stop, even though

you have antiiockbrakes.
To Use Four-wheel Antilock:

Don’tpumpthebrakes. Just holdthebrakepedaldownandletantilockwork
foryou. You mayfeelthebrakesvibrate, or youmaynoticesome noise, but
this is normal.
4-1 5
Brake System Warning Light
PO159
This light appears on your instrument cluster to warn you if your regular
brakingsystemneedsservice.It will alsolight if yourparkingbrakeisnot
fullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“BrakeSystemWarningLight.”
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Your vehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandreardrumbrakes.Discbrakepads
havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen
the brakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded. The soundmaycome
and go or beheardallthetimeyourvehicle is moving(exceptwhenyouare
pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).
~~ ~ .- ~~
The brake wear warning sound means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well. That could lead to an accident. When you
hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
NOTICE I
Some driving conditions or climatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhen the

brakesarefirstapplied or lightlyapplied.Thisdoesnotmeansomethingis
wrong with yourbrakes.
4-1 6
Rear Drum Brakes
Yourreardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,but if youeverheara
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected. Also, therear
brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected, too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
Seeyourdealer if the brake pedal does not return to normalheight,or if
there is a rapidincrease in pedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign of brake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear. If your
brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
Useyourantilockbrakingsystemwhenyouneed to. Withantilock,youcan
steerandbrakeatthesametime.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelp
youmorethaneventhe very bestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system
fails to function,youcansteerbut it willtakemuchmoreeffort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to takecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lot ofthe“driver lost control”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon
curves.Here’swhy:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to the, same laws of
physicswhendrivingoncurves.Thetractionofthetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakes it possiblefor the vehicle to change its path when you turn
thefrontwheels. If there’s no traction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoingin
thesamedirection. If you’veevertried to steeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understand this.
4-1 7
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires
and the road surface, the angle at which the curve is banked, and your
speed.Whileyou’re in a curve, speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Supposeyou’resteeringthroughasharpcurve.Thenyousuddenly
accelerate. Those two control systems-steering and acceleration-can
overwhelmthoseplaceswherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulose
control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Let up on the accelerator pedal,
steer the vehicle the way you want it to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed. Of
course,thepostedspeedsarebasedon good weatherandroadconditions.
Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve, do it before you
enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead. Try. to adjust your
speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady
speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareoutofthecurve,andthenaccelerate
gentlyintothestraightaway.
Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’sharder to seetheroadahead of
youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeams of yourlights.This is
one good reason to drive slower.
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For
example, you come overa hill and find a truckstoppedin your lane,or a
4-1 8
car suddenly pullsout from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
parked cars and stops right in frontofyou.Youcanavoidtheseproblemsby
braking-ifyou can stop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom.
That’s the time for, evasive action-steering around the problem.
Yourvehiclecanperformverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes.
It is better to removeasmuchspeedasyoucanfromapossiblecollision.
Thensteeraroundtheproblem, to theleftorrightdependingonthespace
available.
Anemergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionandaquickdecision. If you
areholdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended 9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
you can turn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly straighten the
wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject.Youmustthenbeprepared to steer
backtoyouroriginallaneandthenbrake to acontrolledstop.
Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
This is oneofthereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safetybeltsandkeepbothhandsonthesteeringwheel.
Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible is agoodreason
to. practice defensive driving at all times.
Off-Road Recovery
Youmay findsometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped off theedgeof
aroadontotheshoulderwhileyou’redriving.
If the level oftheshoulder is onlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery
shouldbefairlyeasy.Ease off theacceleratorandthen, if thereisnothingin
theway,steer so thatyourvehiclestraddlestheedge of thepavement.You
canturnthesteeringwheelup to 1/4 turnuntiltherightfronttirecontacts
thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheel to gostraightdownthe
roadway.
4-1 9
AM428002
If the shoulder appears to be about four inches (100 mm) or more below the
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. If there is notenoughroom to
pull entirely onto the shoulder and stop, then follow the same procedures. But
if therighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,doNOTsteermore
sharply.Withtoomuchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackontothe
roadwith so muchsteeringinputthat it crossesoverintotheoncomingtraffic
beforeyoucanbring it backundercontrol.Instead,easeoffagainonthe
acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementoncemore,thentry
again.
Passing
Thedriver of avehicleabouttopassanotheron a two-lane highway waits
for justtherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
goesbackintotherightlaneagain. A simplemaneuver?
Notnecessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighwayisa
potentially dangerous move, since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane
asoncomingtraffic for severalseconds. A miscalculation,anerrorin
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or angercansuddenlyputthe
passingdriverface to face with theworstof alltrafficaccidents-thehead-on
collision.
So herearesometipsforpassing:
"Drive ahead." Look down theroad,tothesides,andtocrossroadsfor
situationsthatmightaffect your passingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
4-20
Watchfortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines. If youcanseea
sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection, delay your
pass. A broken center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside
of the lane or a double solid line, even if theroadseemsemptyof
approachingtraffic.
If yoususpectthatthedriverofthevehicleyouwant to passisn’taware
ofyourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing.
Do notget too close to thevehicleyouwanttopasswhileyou’re
awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
areaofvision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle. Also, you
won’thaveadequatespace if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows orstops.
Keepbackareasonabledistance.
When it lookslikeachancetopassiscomingup,start to accelerate
butstay in the right lane and don’t get too close.Timeyourmove so
youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomes to moveintotheother
lane. If the way iscleartopass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlosebydroppingback.
And if somethinghappens to causeyou to cancel your pass, you need
onlyslowdownanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
If othercarsarelinedup to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying to passyouasyoupullouttopass
theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane
changesignalbeforemovingoutoftherightlanetopass.Whenyou
arefarenoughaheadofthepassedvehicle to see its front in your
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
therightlane.(Rememberthatifyourrightoutsidemirrorisconvex,the
vehicleyoujustpassedmayseem to befurtherawayfromyouthanit
really is.)
Try not topassmorethanonevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads.
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe
brake lights are not flashing, it may be slowingdown or starting to turn.
If you’rebeingpassed,make it easyforthefollowingdriver to getahead
of you.Perhapsyoucaneasealittletotheright.
4-2 1
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what happens when the three
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptryingtosteer,andconstantlyseek
an escape route or area oflessdanger.
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrolofthevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid
most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
In the braking skid, your wheels aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering
skid, too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose
corneringforce.Andintheaccelerationskid,toomuchthrottlecausesthe
driving wheels to spin.
A corneringskidandanaccelerationskidarebesthandledbyeasingyour
foot off theacceleratorpedal. If yourvehiclestartstoslide(aswhenyouturn
a comeronawet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot off the
acceleratorpedalassoonasyoufeelthetiresstarttoslide.Quicklysteer
thewayyouwantthevehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle will’straighten out.As it does,straightenthefrontwheels.
Of course,tractionisreducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel,orothermaterial
is ontheroad.Forsafety,you’llwant to slowdownandadjustyourdriving
totheseconditions. It is importanttoslowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause
stoppingdistance wil be longerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
While driving on’ a surface with reduced traction, try your best to avoid
sudden steering,acceleration,orbraking(includingenginebrakingbyshifting
toatowergear).Anysuddenchangescouldcausethetirestoslide. You
maynotrealizethe surface is slipperyuntilyourvehicleisskidding.Learnto
recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater,ice or packedsnow on the
roadtomakea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.
Remember:Anyantitockbrakingsystem (ABS) helpsavoidonlythebraking
skid.Steer‘thewayyouwanttogo.
4-22
Driving Guidelines
Thismultipurposepassengervehicleisdefinedasautilityvehicle in
ConsumerInformationRegulationsissuedbytheNationalHighwayTraffic
SafetyAdministration(NHTSA)oftheUnitedStatesDepartmentof
Transportation.Utilityvehicleshavehighergroundclearanceandanarrower
track to makethemcapableofperforming in a widevarietyofoff-road
applications.Specificdesigncharacteristicsgivethemahighercenterof
gravitythanordinarycars.Anadvantageofthehighergroundclearance is a
betterviewoftheroadallowingyou to anticipate problems. They are not
designed for cornering at the same speeds asconventional2-wheeldrive
vehiclesanymorethanlow-slungsportscarsaredesigned to perform
satisfactorilyunderoff-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abruptmaneuvers. As withothervehicles of thistype,failure to operatethis
vehiclecorrectlymayresultin loss of control or vehiclerollover.
Off-Road Driving with Your Four-Wheel
Drive Vehicle
Thisoff-roadguideisforvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.(Also,see
“AntilockBrakes” in theIndex.) If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reonalevel,solidsurface.
Off-road driving can be great fun. But it doeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatestofthese is the terrain itself.
“Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Cutvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright
back to nature.
Off-road driving involves some new skills. And that’s whyit’sveryimportant
thatyoureadthisguide.You’ll find manydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These
will helpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethings to do beforeyougoout. For example,besure to
haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
the informationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicleinthismanual. Is there
enoughfuel? Is the spare tire fully inflated? Are the fluid levels up where
theyshouldbe?Whatarethe local laws that apply to off-roadingwhereyou’ll
bedriving? If youdon’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
inthearea. Will youbeonsomeone’sprivateland? If so, besure to getthe
necessarypermission.
4-23
Your Driving and the .Road I
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
There are some important things to rememberabouthow to load your
vehicle.
Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward of yourrear
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
Besuretheloadissecuredproperly, so drivingon the off-roadterrain
doesn’t toss thingsaround.
I CAUTION
* Cargo on the toad flour piled higher. than the seatbacks ‘can.be
A . thrown forward during a sudden stop. YOU or your passengers
could be injured. Keep cargo below the top of the seatbacks.
* Unsecuredcargo on theload fluor can be tossed about when
driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck
. .
by flyingobjects. Secure the cargo properly,
Heavy loads on theroofraisethevehicle’scenter of gravity,
making it more likely to roli over. You can be seriously or fatally
injured if the vehicle rolls over, Put heavy toads inside the cargo
area, not on theroof. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far
forward and low as possible.
. . . .
. .
- ~ ~ ~
You’llfindotherimportantinformationinthismanual.See“VehicleLoading”,
“LuggageCarrier”and“Tires” in theIndex.
Traveling to Remote Areas
It makessense to planyourtrip,especiallywhengoing to aremotearea.
Knowtheterrainandplanyourroute. You aremuchlesslikely to getbad
surprises. Get accuratemapsoftrailsandterrain.Beawareofanyblocked
or closedroads.
It’salsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle. If something
happenstooneofthem,theothercanhelpquickly.
Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch? If so, be sure to readthewinch
instructions. In aremotearea, a winchcanbehandy if yougetstuck.But
you’llwant to know how to use it properly.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It’s a good idea to practiceinanareathat’ssafeandclose to home before
you go intothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequire some newand
differentdrivingskills.Here’swhat we mean.
4-24
Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals.Youreyes,forexample,need
toconstantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles.Yourearsneed to
listen for unusual tire or enginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and
body you’ll need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce.
Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One ofthe
best ways tocontrolyourvehicleis to controlyourspeed.Herearesome
things to keep in mind. At higherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhavelesstime to scantheterrain
for obstacles.
youhavelesstime to react.
youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’llneedmoredistance for braking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpavedsurface.
1
. ... ..
When you’re driiing off road, bouncing and quickchanges in

A direction can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you
to lose control and crash. So, whether you’re driving on or off the
road, you and your passengers should wear safety belts.
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you over manydifferentkindsofterrain.Youneed
to be familiar with the terrain and its many differentfeatures.Herearesome
things to consider.
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcantakeyouoverhard-packeddirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snow or ice.Eachofthesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking ofyourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthekindof
surfaceyouareon,youmayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances.
Surface Obstacles
Unseen or hiddenobstaclescanbehazardous. A rock, log, hole, rut, or
bumpcanstartleyou if you’renotpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles
are hidden by grass, bushes, snow or eventheriseand fall of theterrain
itself.Herearesomethings to consider:
Is thepathaheadclear?
Willthesurfacetexturechangeabruptlyupahead?
4-25
Doesthetraveltakeyouuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussionof
thesesubjectslater.)
Willyouhave to stopsuddenly or changedirectionquickly?
Whenyoudriveoverobstacles or roughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs, or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
out of your hands if you’re not prepared.
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
theground. If thishappens,evenwithone or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol
thevehicleaswell or atall.
Becauseyou will beonanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant to avoid
suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking.
In a way, off -road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on
pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroad,signs,postedspeedlimits or
signallights.Youhave to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhat is safe
andwhatisn’t.
CAUTION
,A Drinking anddriving can be very dangerous on any.raad. And this is

certainly true for off-road driving. At the very time you need special
alertness and driving skills, your reflexes, perceptions ‘and judgment
can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol. You could have
j
a serious-or even fatal-accident if you. drink and ddve or rids with
i
l
a driver who has been drinking. (See ‘‘Drunken. Driving’”inthe
I Index.)
Driving On Off-Road Hi//$

Off-road driving often takes you up, down, or across a hill.Drivingsafely on
hills requires good judgment and an understanding ofwhatyourvehiclecan
andcan’tdo.Therearesomehillsthatsimplycan’t be driven, no matterhow
well built the vehicle.
4-26
Approaching a Hi//
Whenyouapproachahill,youneed to decide if it’soneofthosehillsthat’s
just too steep to climb,descend, or cross.Steepnesscanbehard to judge.
Onaverysmall hill, forexample,theremaybeasmooth,constantincline
with onlyasmallchange in elevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway
to thetop,Onalargehill,theinclinemaygetsteeperasyounearthetop,
butyoumaynotseethisbecausethecrestofthehillishiddenbybushes,
grass, or shrubs.
Herearesomeotherthings to considerasyouapproachahill.
Is thereaconstantincline, or doesthe hill getsharplysteeper in
places?
Is theregoodtractiononthehillside, or will thesurfacecausetire
slipping?
e Is thereastraightpathupor‘downthehill so youwon’thave to make
turningmaneuvers?
e Arethereobstructionsonthehillthancanblockyourpath(boulders,
trees,logs or ruts)?
e What’sbeyondthehill? Is thereacliff,anembankment, a drop-off,a
fence?Getoutandwalkthehill if youdon’tknow. It’s thesmartway to
findout.
e Is thehillsimply too rough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptible to theeffectsof
erosion.
Drlving Uphill
Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthe hill, youneed to takesome
specialsteps.
Use a lower gear and get a firm grip on the steering wheel.
Getasmoothstartupthe hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
more power than you need, because you don’t want your wheels to start
spinning or sliding.
Try to drivestraightupthe hill if at all possible. If thepathtwistsand
turns, you mightwant to findanotherroute.
4-27
Turning or driving across steep.hills can be dangerous. You could

lose tiaction, slide sideways, and possibly roil over. You could be
seriously injured or killed. When driving up hills, always try to go
straightup.
~ ~~~ ~ ~
Easeuponyourspeedasyouapproachthetopofthehill.
Attachaflag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible to approaching
traffic on trails or hills.
Soundthehornasyouapproachthetopofhilltoletopposingtraffic
knowyou’rethere.
Useyourheadlightsevenduringtheday.Theymakeyoumorevisibleto
oncomingtraffic.
CAUTION
Driving to the top (crest) of a hill at full speed can cause an
accident. There coutd be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you
’ . near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert. . .
Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls, or is about to stall, and I can’t

make it up the hill?
A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushoulddo,andtherearesome
thingsyoumustnotdo.First,here’swhatyou should do:
0
Pushthebrakepedaltostopthevehicleandkeep it from rolling
backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake.
e If yourengine is still running, shift the transmission into reverse, release
theparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthe hill in reverse.
e If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneedtorestart it. Withthe
brakepedaldepressedandtheparkingbrakestillapplied,shiftthe
transmission to P (Park)(or,shift to N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa
manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift to R (Reverse),
releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthe hill in reverse.
0 As you arebackingdownthehill,putyourlefthandonthesteering
wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.Thisway,you’llbeable to tell if your
wheelsarestraightorturned to the left or right as you back down.
4-28
Herearesomethingsyou mustnot doifyoustall, of &E abouttostall,
whengoingupahill.
Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto N (Neutral) (or depressing
theclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) to “rev-up”theengineand
regainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork.Yourvehicle will roll backwards
veryquicklyandyoucould go outofcontrol.
Instead,applytheregularbrake to stopthevehicle.Thenapplythe
parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly
back down.
Neverattempt to turnaround if youareabout to stallwhengoingupa
hill. If the hill is steepenough to stallyourvehicle,it’ssteepenoughto
causeyou to rollover if you ,turn around. If youcan’tmake it upthe
hill,youmustbackdownthehill.
Q: Suppose,afterstalling, I tryto back downthe hill and decide I just
can’tdoit.Whatshould I do?
A: Settheparkingbrake,putyourtransmissionin P (Park) (or themanual
transmissioninfirstgear),andturnofftheengine.Leavethevehicleandgo
getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillsideandstayclearofthepaththevehicle
wouldtake if ‘itrolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase to N (Neutral)
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave it in somegear.
If you have a manual transfer case shift lever, shifting the transfer
A case to N (Neutral) can cause your vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P {Park) for, if you have the manual transmission,
even if you’re in gear). This is becausethe N (Neutral) position on
the transfer case overrides the transmission. If you are going to
leave your vehicle, set the parking brake and shift the transmission
to .P (Park) (or, put your manual transmission in firstgear). But do
not shift the transfer case to the N (Neutral) position. Leave the
transfer case in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position.
Driving Downhill
When off-roading takes you downhill, you’ll want to consider a number of
things:
Howsteepisthedownhill?Will I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Gravel?
4-29
Aretherehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders?
What’satthebottomofthehill? Is thereahiddencreekbankorevena
riverbottomwithlargerocks?
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentry to keepyourvehicle
headedstraightdown,andusealowgear.Thisway,enginedragcanhelp
your brakesandtheywon’thavetodo all thework.Descendslowly,keeping
your vehicle under control at all times.
CALITION
A Heavy braking when going down a hill can causeyour brakes to

overheat and fade, This could cause loss of control and a serious
accident.Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a
low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.
Q: Are theresomethings I shouldnot do whendrivingdown a hill?
A: Yes!Theseareimportantbecause if youignorethem you couldlose
controlandhaveaseriousaccident.
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheinclineofthe
hill. A hill that’s not too steep to drivedownmaybe too steep to drive
across.Youcouldrollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmission in N (Neutral),or with theclutch
pedal depressed in a manual shift. This. is called “free-wheeling.’’ Your
brakes will have to do all the workand’gouldoverheatandfade.
Q: Am I likely to stall whengoingdownhill?
A: It’s muchmorelikely to happengoinguphill.But if it happensgoing
downhill,here’swhatto do.
Stopyourvehiclebyapplyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking
brake.
Shift to P (Park) (or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and,
while still braking,restarttheengine.
Shiftback to alowgear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
down.
If theenginewon’t start, get out andgethelp.
4-30
Driving Across an Incline
Soonerorlater,anoff-roadtrail will probablygoacrosstheinclineofahill. If
thishappens,youhave to decidewhether to try to driveacrosstheincline.
Herearesomethings to consider:
a A hill that can be driven straight up or down, may be too steep to drive
across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelengthof the wheel
base(thedistancefromthefrontwheels to therearwheels)reducesthe
likelihoodthevehicle will tumbleendoverend. But whenyoudrive
acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
betweentheleftandrightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tiltingandrollingover. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
on the downhill wheels. This could cause a downhill slide ‘or a rollover.
a Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacross .a hill.Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires to slip
sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways, it can hit something that
will trip it (arock,arut,etc.)androllover.
0 Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepnessoftheinclineevenworse. If
youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels,or if thedownhillwheels
dropintoarutordepression,yourvehiclecan tilt evenmore.
For reasonslikethese,youneedtodecidecarefullywhetherto try to drive
across an incline. Just because the trail goes across the incline doesn’t mean
you have to drive it. The last vehicle to try it mighthaverolledover.
CAUTION
Dinring across an indine that’s steep make your vehicle roll
A over. You coutd
the steepness of
about
too
be seriously injured or killed. If
will
any doubt
incline,don’t drive across it. Find
the
you have
another
route instead.
Q: What if I’m driving across an incline that’s nottoosteep,but I hit
someloosegravel and start to slidedownhill.Whatshould I do?
A: If you feel your vehicle starting to slidesideways,turndownhill.This
shouldhelpstraightenoutthevehicleandpreventthesideslipping.However,
a much better way to prevent this is to get out and “walk the course” so you
know whatthesurface is like before you drive it.
4-3 1
Stalling on an Incline
-
. .
. .
. .
AM440001
If your vehicle stalls whenyou'recrossinganincline,besureyou(andyour

passengers)getout ontheuphillside,even if thedoorthereisharderto
open. If you get out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll over,
you'll be -right in its path.
If youhave to walkdowntheslope,stay out of thepaththevehicle will take
if itdoesrollover.
CAUflON
a ,Getting out on the downhill (tow) side of a vehicle stopped across an

incline is dangerous. If the vehicle roils over, you could be crushed
or killed. Always get out on the uphill (high) side of the vehicle and
stay well clear of the rollover path.
Driving In Mud, Sand, Snow, Or Ice

Whenyoudrive in mud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon'tgetgoodtraction.
'. You can'taccelerateasquickly,turningismore difficult, andyou'llneed
longer braking distances.
It's best to use a low gearwhenyou're in mud-thedeeper themud,the
lowerthegear.Inreallydeepmud,theideaistokeepyourvehiclemoving
so you don't get stuck.
Whenyoudriveonsand,you'llsenseachangeinwheeltraction.Butit will
dependuponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypackedsand(as
4-32
on beaches or sand dunes) your tires will tend to sinkintothesand. ,This
hasaneffect on steering,accelerating,andbraking.Youmaywanttoreduce
theairpressure in your tires slightly when driving on sand. This will improve
traction.
Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworsttiretraction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s
veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis so poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And if youdogetmoving,poor
steeringanddifficultbrakingcancauseyou to slide outofcontrol.
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds or rivers can be dangerous.

A Underwater springs, currents under the ice, or sudden thaws can
:
weaken the ice.Your vehicle could fall through the ice ,and you and
your passengers could drown. Drive your ‘vehicle on saf6”surfaces
only.
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
mean flash flooding, and flood waters demand extreme caution.
Find out howdeepthewater is beforeyoudrivethroughit. If it’sdeep
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles, or exhaustpipe,don’t try it-you
probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxleand
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough it slowly. At fastspeeds,water
splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipe is
underwater,you’llneverbeable to startyourengine.Whenyou go through
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, it maytakeyoulonger to
stop.
Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Qeep .water can

A sweep
drown.
your and
vehicle downstream
onty inches deep, can
ff it’s it
and your passengers could
you
wash away the ground
still
from under your tires, and you could lose traction and roll the vehicte
over. Don’t drive through rushingwater.
I J L
4-33
After Off-Road Driving
Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or
underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard.
Afteroperation in mudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehicle .will require more frequent service due to offroad use. Refer to
theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.
Driving at Night
Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason is thatsome

drivers are likely to be impaired-by alcohol or drugs, with night vision
problems, or byfatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,this is themostdangeroustime.
Don’tdrinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving” in theIndexformoreon
this. problem.)
Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirrortoreducetheglarefromheadlights
behind you.
Sinceyoucan’tseeaswell,youmayneedto slow downandkeep
more space betweenyouandothervehicles.It’shard to tell howfast
the vehicle ahead is going just by looking at its taillights.
4-34
Slowdown,especially onhigherspeedroads.Yourheadlightscanlight
uponly so muchroadahead.
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired,pullofftheroadinasafeplaceandrest.
Nighf Vision
No onecanseeaswellatnightasinthedaytime.Butaswegetolder
thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwiceas
much light to seethesamethingatnightasa20-year-old.
Whatyoudointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision. For example, if
youspendtheday in brightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses.Your
eyes will havelesstroubleadjusting to night.
But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakea lot of thingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains
blockingrailwaycrossings.Youmaywanttoputonyoursunglassesafteryou
havepulledintoabrightly-lightedserviceorrefreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly to darknessbackontheroad.But
be suretoremoveyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
Youcan betemporarilyblindedbyapproachinglights. It cantakeasecond
ortwo,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust to thedark.When
youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights. If there is alineofopposing
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesoverthelineofheadlights to makecertain
thatoneofthevehicles isn’t starting to move into your lane. Once you are
pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestimetoreadjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeams on, signalbyflickingyours to
highandthenback to low beam.Thisistheusualsignal to lowertheheadlight
beams. If theotherdriverstilldoesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthetemptation to
putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakes two half-blindeddrivers.
Onafreeway, use yourhighbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeams is
illegal.
When you follow another vehicle on a freeway or highway, use low beams.
True, most vehicles now have day-night mirrors that enable the driver to
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsare not of thistypeandhighbeamsfrom
behind can bother the driver ahead.
4-35
I
A Few More Night Driving Suggestions

KeepyourwindshieldandalltheglassonyourvehicleJean-insideandout.
Glareatnightismademuchworsebydirtontheglass.Eventheinsideof
theglasscanbuildupafilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes
insideglasssurfacesveryfilmyandcanbeavisionhazard if it’sleftthere.
Dirty glassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupilsofyoureyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwantto
keep aclothandsomeglasscleaner in yourvehicle if youneedtoclean
yourglassfrequently.
Rememberthatyourheadlightslightupfarlessofaroadwaywhenyouare
in aturnorcurve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway,it’seasiertopickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim, so should
youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-theinabilitytosee in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareof it.
Driving in the Rain
AM455003
Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.On a wetroadyoucan’tstop,
accelerate or turnaswellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’tasgoodas
on dry roads. And, if your tires don’thavemuchtreadleft, you’ll geteven
less traction.
It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious if rain starts to fall while you
aredriving. The surfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned
for driving on dry pavement.
4-36
Theheaviertherain,theharder it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesareingoodshape,aheavyraincanmake it harder to seeroadsigns
andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge oftheroad,andeven
peoplewalking.Roadspraycanoften be worseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
So it is wise to keepyourwipingequipment in goodshapeandkeepyour
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
showsignsofstreaking or missingareasonthewindshield, or whenstripsof
AM455008
Driving too fastthroughlargewaterpuddles or evengoingthroughsomecar

washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes. Try to
avoidpuddles.Butifyoucan't, try to slowdownbeforeyou hit them.
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won$ work wet1 in a quick '
dh stop and may cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of
the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a c a r wash, apply
your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So muchwatercan build upunderyourtiresthat
theycanactuallyride onthewater.Thiscanhappen if theroad is wet
enoughandyou'regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicleishydroplaning, it
has little or nocontactwiththe road.
4-37
Youmightnot be aware of hydroplaning.Youcoulddrivealongforsome
timewithoutrealizingyourtiresaren’t in constant contact with the road. You
couldfindoutthehardway:whenyouhave to slow,turn,moveout to
pass-or if yougethitbyagustofwind.Youcouldsuddenlyfindyourself
out of control.
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But it can if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread
or if thepressureinoneormoreislow. It canhappen if alotofwateris
standing on theroad. If youcanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater‘ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There just isn’t a hard and
fast rule abouthydroplaning.Thebestadvice is to slowdownwhen it is
raining,andbe careful.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou
more visible to others.
Look for hard-to-see vehicles coming from behind. You may want to use
yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbeprepared to haveyourviewrestrictedbyroad.
spray. If theroadsprayis so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’tpassuntilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowly is betterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger if it helps.
Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”intheIndex.)
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fog can occur with high humidity or heavy frost. It can be so mild that you
canseethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or it might be so thick
that you can see only a few feet (meters) ahead. It maycomesuddenly to
an otherwise clear road. And it can be a major hazard.
Whenyoudriveinto afogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicleahead or being struck bytheonebehind.
Try to “read the f o g densitydowntheroad. If thevehicleahead starts to
becomelessclearor,atnight, if thetaillightsareharder to see,thefog is
probablythickening.Slowdown to givetrafficbehindyou a chance to slowdown.
Everybodythenhas a betterchance to avoidhittingthevehicleahead.
4-38
r AM459004
A patchofdensefogmayextendonlyfor a few feet(meters)orfor miles

(kilometers);youcan’treally tell whileyou’reinit.Youcanonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimescalledmistorground fog-can
happeninweatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnightor in theearly
morning in valleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcan besuddenlyenvelopedin
thick, wet haze that may even coat your windshield. You can often spot these
fog patches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
waitingforyouasyoucomeoverahillordipintoashallowvalley.Start
yourwindshieldwipersandwasher, to helpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,evenindaytime.
You’llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyourfoglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelight will bounce off thewaterdropletsthat
makeupfogandreflectbackatyou.
Useyourdefogger. Inhighhumidity,evenalightbuildupofmoistureonthe
inside of theglass will cutdownonyouralreadylimitedvisibility. Run your
windshieldwipersandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuilduponthe
outsideglass,andwhatseems to befogmayactuallybemoistureonthe
outside of your windshield.
Treatdensefogasanemergency. Try to find a place to pull off theroad.Of
courseyouwant to respectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneed to put
4-39
somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
a private driveway, anything that removes you from other traffic.
If visibilityisnearzeroandyou must stopbutareunsurewhetheryouare
awayfromtheroad,turnyourlightson,startyourhazardwarningflasher,
andsoundyourhornatintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
Passothervehicles in fogonly if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass
safely.Eventhen,beprepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefogis
worseupahead. If othervehicles try topassyou,make it easyforthem.
City Driving
t
d
AN460002
Oneof the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on .
them.You’llwant to watchoutforwhattheotherdriversaredoing,andpay
attention to traffic signals.
Hereareways to increase your safety in city driving:
Knowthebestway to get to whereyouaregoing. Try not to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get a city map
andplanyourtripintoanunknownpartofthecityjustasyouwouldfor
a cross-country trip.
Try to usethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities.You’ll
savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)
Treat a greenlightasawarningsignal. A traffic light is therebecause
thecornerisbusyenough to needit.When a lightturnsgreen,andjust
before you start to move,checkboth ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or mayberunning the red light.
4-40
Obey allpostedspeedlimits.Butrememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions.Youmayneed to drivebelowthe
posted limit in bad weather or when visibility is especially poor.
Pull to theright(withcare) and stopclearofintersectionswhenyousee
or hear emergency vehicles.
Freeway Driving
AN461002
Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafestof all roads.Buttheyhavetheir
ownspecialrules.
Themostimportantadvice on rreeway driving is: Keep up with traffic and
keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmostofthe'otherdriversare
driving. Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the left
laneonafreewayasapassinglane.
Entering the Freeway
At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads to thefreeway. If you
haveaclearviewofthefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you
should begin to check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to blend
withtheflow. If trafficislight,youmayhavenoproblem.But if it isheavy,
find a gapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach.Try
tomergeintothegap at closetotheprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrors as you movealong,andglanceoveryour
shoulder as often as necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
4-41
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyouareonthefreeway,adjustyourspeed to the posted limit or to the
prevailing rate if it’sslower.Stay in therightlaneunlessyouwant to pass. If
youareonatwo-lanefreeway,treattherightlaneastheslowlaneandthe
left lane asthepassinglane.
If youareonathree-lanefreeway,treattherightlaneastheslower-speed .
throughlane,themiddlelaneasthehigher-speedthroughlane,andtheleft
lane as the passing lane.
Before changing lanes, check your rearview mirrors. Then use your turn
signal. Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly overyourshoulder to
makesurethereisn’tanothervehicle in your“blind”spot.
If you are moving from an outside to a center lane on afreewayhaving
morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout to moveintothe
samespot. Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale signs:
turnsignalsflashing,anincreaseinspeed,ormovingtowardtheedgeofthe
lane.Beprepared to delayyourmove.
Onceyouaremoving onthefreeway,makecertainyouallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expecttomoveslightlysloweratnight.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwanttoleavethefreeway,move to theproperlanewell in
advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastmi,nute is dangerous. If youmiss
yourexit do not,underanycircumstances,sfopandbackup.Driveontothe
next exit.
At eachexitpointisadecelerationlane.Ideally it shouldbelongenoughfor
youtoenteritatfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, of course)andthen do your
brakingbeforemovingontotheexitramp.Unfortunately,not all deceleration
lanesarelongenough-someare too shortfor allthebraking.Decidewhen
to startbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and if there is traffic
closebehindyou,youcanallowa little extratimeandflashyourbrakelights
(inaddition to yourturnsignal)asextrawarningthatyouareaboutto slow
downandexit.
Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeedis
usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccordingtoyourspeedometer,not to
yoursense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you
maytendtothinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly 20 mph (30 kmlh).Obviously,this
couldleadtoserioustroubleonarampdesignedfor 20 rnph (30 km/h)!
4-42
Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,therearestillmany
madeonregularhighways.
Long-distancedriving on freewaysandregularhighwaysisthesame in some
ways.The trip has to be planned and the vehicle prepared, you drive at
higher-than-cityspeeds,andtherearelongerturnsbehindthewheel,You’ll
enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleare in goodshape.Hereare
some tips for a successful long trip.
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready.Try to bewellrested. If youmuststartwhenyou’re
notfresh-suchasafteraday’s work-don’t plan to make too manymiles
thatfirstpartofthejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip? If youkeep it servicedandmaintained,
it’sready to go. If it needsservice,have it donebeforestartingout. Of
course, you’ll find experienced and able service experts in your. vehicle’s
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwilling to help if
youneed it.
Herearesomethingsyoucancheckbefore a trip:
WindshieldWasherFluid: Is thereservoirfull?Areallwindowsclean
insideandoutside?
WiperBlades: Arethey in goodshape?
Fuel,Engine Oil, OtherFluids: Haveyoucheckedalllevels?
Lights: Aretheyallworking?Are the lensesclean?
Tires: Theyarevitallyimportant to a safe,trouble-freetrip. Is thetread
good enough for long-distancedriving?Arethetiresallinflated to the
recommendedpressure?
WeatherForecasts: What’stheweatheroutlookalongyourroute?
Shouldyoudelayyourtripashorttime to avoid a major stormsystem?
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is goodtosharethedriving task with others.
Limittumsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km) or two hoursat a
sitting.Then,eitherchangedrivers or stopforsomerefreshmentlikecoffee,tea
or soft drinksandsomelimberingup.But do stopandmovearound.Eatlightly
alongtheway.Heaviermealstendtomakesomepeoplesleepy.
443
Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthatdonothave
controlled access, you’ll want to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to the highway, no passing zones and school zones, vehicles
turningleftandright off theroad,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and
evenanimals.
Highway Uypnosis
Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis?” Or is it just plain
fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lackofawareness,or
whatever.
There is somethingaboutaneasystretchofroadwiththesamescenery,
along with the hum of the tires on the road, the drone of the engine, and the
rushofthewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy. Don’t let it
happentoyou! If it does,yourvehiclecanleavetheroadin less than a
second, andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured.
Whatcanyoudoabouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat it can
happen.
Thenherearesometips:
Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior.
Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadand to thesides.Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time to time.
This can help you avoid a fixed stare.
Weargoodsunglassesinbrightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness. But
don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theywilldrasticallyreduceyouroverall
vision at theverytimeyouneedalltheseeingpoweryouhave.
If yougetsleepy,pull off theroadinto a rest,service,orparkingarea
andtakeanap,get some exercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsines!
onthehighwayasanemergency.
As in anydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances..
4-44
Hill and Mountain Roads
-
AM470001
Drivingonsteephillsormountains is differentfromdrivinginflat or rolling

terrain. If you drive regularly in steepcountry,or if you’re planning to visit
there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See “Off-Road Driving” in the Index for information about driving off -road.)
Keepyourvehicle in goodshape.Check allfluidlevelsand also the
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork
hard on mountainroads.
Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing to know is this:let
yourenginedosome of theslowingdown.Don’tmakeyourbrakes do it
all.Shift to a lowergearwhenyougodownasteep or longhill.That
way,youwillslowdownwithoutexcessiveuseofyourbrakes.
I CAUTION
A If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so hot that they
wouldn’t work well. You would then have poor braking or even none
going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your engine
assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope.
445
CAUTION
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous.
A Your brakes wilt have to do all the work of slowing down. They could
get so hot that they wouldn’t work well. You could crash. Atways
have your ignition on and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
Knowhow to gouphill.Youmaywant to shift down to a lowergear.
Thelowergearshelpcoolyourengine and transmission, and you can
climb the hill better.
e Stay in yourownlanewhendrivingontwo-laneroads in hills or
mountains.Don’tswingwide or cut across the center of theroad.Drive
atspeedsthatletyoustayinyourownlane.Thatway,youwon’tbe
surprisedbyavehiclecomingtowardyouinthesamelane.
a It takeslonger to passanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll
want to leaveextraroom to pass. If avehicle is passingyouand
doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdown to make it easierfortheother
vehicle to getby.
0 As yougooverthetop of a hill, bealert.Therecouldbesomething in
yourlane,likeastalled car or anaccident.
e Youmayseehighwaysignsonmountainsthatwarnofspecialproblems.
Examplesarelonggrades,passing or no-passingzones,afallingrocks
area, or winding roads. Bealert to theseandtakeappropriateaction.
0 Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems.See“WinterDriving”inthe
Index.
446
Parking on M I S
Hills and mountains mean spectacular scenery. But please be careful ‘where
youstop if youdecide to look attheviewortakepictures. Look forpull-offs
or parking areas provided for scenic viewing.
Anotherpartofthismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking
Brake”intheIndex).Butonamountainor steep hill,youcan do onemore
thing.Youcanturnyourfrontwheels to keepyourvehiclefromrolling
downhill or out intotraffic.Here’show:
Parking Downhill
AM470009
Turn your wheels to theright.’
4-47
You don’thave to jam your tiresagainstthecurb,ifthere is a curb. A gentle
contact is all you need.
Parking Uphill
AM4t0014
If there is a curb,turnyourwheels to theleft ifthecurb is at therightside

of your vehicle.
If you’re going uphill on aone-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside,

yourwheelsshouldpoint to the right.
4-48
AM470023
If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheels to theright.
Ifthereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftsideofaone-way
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned to theleft.
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingonahillandyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto P
(Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayput too muchforceonthe
parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever
outof P (Park).This is called torque lock. To prevent torque lock, always be
sure to shiftinto P (Park)before you leavethedriver‘sseat. To find out how,
see“ShiftingInto P (Park) in theIndex.”
Whenyouareready to drive,movetheshiftleveroutof P (Park) BEFORE
youreleasetheparkingbrake.
If “torque lock” doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush
yoursalittleuphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission, so
youcanpulltheshiftleveroutof P (Park).
449
Winter Driving
I
I
AN080050
Here are some tips for winter driving:

Haveyourvehicle in goodshape.forwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant
mix is correct.
Snowtirescanhelpinloosesnow, buttheymay give you less traction
’
on .icethanregulartires. If you do not expect to be driving in deep

snow,but may have to travel over ice, you may not want to switch to
snow tires’ at all.
Youmaywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle.
Include an ice scraper,asmallbrushor‘broom,asupplyofwindshield
washerfluid,arag,somewinterouterclothing,asmallshovel, a flashlight, a
redcloth,and a coupleofreflective warning triangles. And, if you will be
drivingundersevereconditions,include a smallbagofsand, a pieceofold
carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction. Be sure you
properlysecuretheseitems in yourvehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of thetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave
good traction.
However, if there is snow or icebetweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan
have a veryslipperysituation.You’llhavealotlesstractionor“grip”and wil
need to be very careful.
4-50
t
What’s the worsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecanbeslick

andhard to driveon.Butweticecanbeevenmoretroublebecause it may
offertheleasttraction of all.Youcanget“wetice”when it’s aboutfreezing
(32°F; 0°C)and freezing rain begins to fall.Try to avoid driving on wet ice
until salt and sand crews can get there.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloose snow-drive
withcaution.Accelerategently.Try not to breakthefragiletraction. If you
accelerate too fast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
Yourantilockbrakesimproveyourability to makeahardstoponaslippery
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant to begin
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock” in the
Index.
Allowgreaterfollowingdistanceonanyslipperyroad.
Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefineuntilyouhita spot
that’scoveredwithice. On anotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appear in shadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumpsof
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceofa
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseeapatch of iceahead of you,brakebeforeyouareon
it. Trynot to brakewhileyou’reactually ontheice,andavoidsudden
steeringmaneuvers.
4-5 1
I f You're Caught in a Blizzard
'I ..
I
If you arestoppedbyheavysnow,youcould be in a serioussituation.You

should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are
nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow.Hereare some things to do to
summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengers safe: Turn on your.
hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you've
been stopped by the snow. Put onextraclothing or wrap a blanketaround
you. If youhavenoblanketsor extra clothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom
newspapers,burlapbags,rags, floor mats-anythingyoucanwraparound
yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
Youcanruntheengine to keepwarm,butbecareful.
A Snow can trap exhaust gases under yourvehicle. This can cause
deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas to get inside. CQ could overcome
you and kill you. You can't see it of smell it, so you might not know
it is in yourvehicle.Clear away snow from around the base of your
vehicle, especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to time to be sure snow doesn't collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that's away
from the wind. This will help keep CO out.
4-52
AM480041
Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun
theengine,make it go alittlefasterthanjustidle.That is, pushthe
acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyougetand it keeps
thebatterycharged.You will need a well-charged battery to restart the
vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on with your headlights. Let the heater
runforawhile.Then,shuttheengine off and close the window almost all the
way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonlywhen
you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But do itaslittleaspossible.
Preservethefuelaslong as youcan.Tohelpkeepwarm,youcanget out
of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so
untilhelpcomes.
If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
This manual explains how to get the vehicle out of deep snow without
damagingit.See“RockingYourVehicle” in theIndex.
4-53
Recreational Vehicle Towing
[FourmWheel Drive Only)
If your vehicle has $-wheel drive you may tow it behind another vehicle
providing, it doesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.
NOTICE
Before towing you should:

1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Placetheautomatictransmission in P (Park) orthemanualtransmission
in the lowest gear (1st gear).
3. Firmly attachthevehiclebeingtowed to thetowvehicle.Refer to the
hitch manufacturer'sinstructions.
4. Placethetransfercaseshiftlever in N (Neutral).
CAUTION . ..
I
Shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause youi vehicle to :
roll wen if the transmission is in P (#ark), for an automatic ' ' .
- transmission, or if your vehicle is in gear, for a manual 'transmission.

This is because the transfer case overrides the transmission.
NOTICE
5. Releasetheparkingbrakeonlyafterthevehiclebeingtowed is firmly
attachedtothetowvehicle.
NOTICE r
4-54
6. Inserttheignitionkeyintotheignitionswitchandturnitonenotch
forwardofthe “LOCK, position.Thisplacesthekeyintothe “OFF”
position,whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbattery
drain. Unlocking the steering column wil allowforpropermovement of
the front wheeldtires during towing.
Towing a Trailer
1 CAUTION I
If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive properly,you can
A lose control when you pull a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work wefl--or even at ail. You and your
passengers could be seriously injured. Pull a trailer only if you have
. followed all the steps in this section.
I
Every vehicle is ready for some trailer towing. If it was built with trailering
options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttrailering is different
thanjustdrivingyourvehiclebyitself,Traileringmeanschanges in handling,
durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment, and it has to beusedproperly.
That’sthereasonforthissection. In it aremanytime-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many oftheseareimportantforyoursafety
andthatofyourpassengers. So please read this section carefully before you
pullatrailer.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
e Therearemanydifferentlawshaving to dowithtrailering.Makesure
your rig will belegal,not only where you livebut also where you’ll be
driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial
police.
Consider using a sway control if your trailer wil weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg)orless.Youshouldalwaysuseaswaycontrol if yourtrailer
wil weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).Youcanaskahitchdealer
aboutswaycontrols.
4-55
Don’ttowatraileratallduringthe first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
vehicle is driven.Yourengine,axle, or otherpartscouldbedamaged.
Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km)thatyoutowatrailer,don’t
driveover 50 mph (80 km/h)anddon’tmakestartsat full throttle. This
helpsyourengineandotherpartsofyourvehiclewear in at theheavier
loads.
Threeimportantconsiderationshave to dowithweight:
Weight of the Trailer
Howheavycanatrailersafely be? It dependsonhowyouplan to useyour
rig. For example,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
muchyourvehicleisused to pull a trailer are allimportant.And, it canalso
dependonanyspecialequipmentthatyouhave on yourvehicle.Youcan
askyourdealerforourtraileringinformation or advice,oryou can write us at
the address listed in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
In Canada,writeto:
General Motors of Canada,Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Thetongueload (A) ofanytrailer is animportantweighttomeasurebecause
it affects the total or grossweightofyourvehicle.Thegrossvehicleweight
(GVW)‘ includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it,
andthepeoplewhowillberiding in thevehicle.And if youtowatrailer,you
mustaddthetongueload to the GVW becauseyourvehiclewillbecartying
thatweight, too. See“LoadingYourVehicle” in theIndexformoreinforma-
tionaboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapacity.
4-56
A B
. . .
AN490002
If you’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue (A) shouldweigh 10%

ofthe totalloadedtrailerweight (8).If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,
the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loaded trailer weight (B).
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue,
separately, to see if theweightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaround inthetrailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Besureyourvehicle’stiresareinflatedtothelimitfor cold tires. You’ll find
thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver‘sdoorlockpillar(or
see“Tire-Loading”intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgooverthe GVW
limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’s important to havethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
goingby,androughroadsareafewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch.
Herearesomerules to follow:
If you’llbepullingatrailerthat,whenloaded, will weighmorethan 2,000
pounds (900 kg)besure to use aproperlymountedweight-distributinghitch
andswaycontrol of theproper size. Thisequipmentisveryimportantfor
propervehicleloadingandgoodhandlingwhenyou’redriving.
Will youhave to makeanyholes in thebody of yourvehiclewhenyou
installatrailerhitch? If you do, thenbesuretosealtheholeslater
whenyouremovethehitch. If youdon’tsealthem,deadlycarbon
monoxide (CO) fromyourexhaustcangetintoyourvehicle(see
“CarbonMonoxide”intheIndex). Dirt andwatercan,too.
4-57
If yourvehiclehasadeadweighthitchand a tailgate-mounted spare tire, and
your trailer has a winch or tonguejack,youcouldhaveinterferencebetween
them.
Safety Chains
Youshouldalwaysattachchainsbetween your vehicleandyourtrailer. Cross
the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not
drop to theroad if it becomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout
safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer.Followthemanufacturer‘srecommendationforattachingsafety
chains,Alwaysleavejustenoughslack so youcanturnwithyour rig. And,
neverallowsafetychainstodrag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
If your trailerweighs more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,then it needs
itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate.Besure to readand follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes to install, adjust and maintain them properly.
And:
Don’ttapintoyourvehicle’sbrakesystem if thetrailer‘sbrakesystem
will usemorethan 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ ~of) fluidfromyourvehicle’s
mastercylinder. If it does, bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell.You
couldevenloseyourbrakes.
Wil thetrailerbrakepartstake 3,000 psi (20 650 kPa)ofpressure? If
not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle.
If everythingchecks out thisfar,thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe
port on the master cylinder that sends fluid to therearbrakes.Butdon’t
usecoppertubingforthis. If you do, it will bend and finally break off.
Usesteelbraketubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out
fortheopenroad, you’ll want to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
thefeelofhandling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And
alwayskeep in mindthatthevehicleyouaredrivingisnow a gooddeal
longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
4-58
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller
byhand to besurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyour
electricalconnectionatthesametime.
I
A If you have a rear-most window openand you pull a trailer with your
vehicle, carbon monoxide (GO)could come into yourvehicle. You
can’tsee or smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness or death (see
“Engine Exhaust’’ in the, Index.) To maximize your safety when
towing a trailer:
* Have your exhaust system inspected for Isaks and make
necessary repairs before starting on your trip.
Keep the reapmostwindows closed.
If exhaust does cume into your vehicle through a window in the
rear or mother opening, drive with your front, main heating or
cooling system on and with the fan on any speed. This will
bring fresh, outside air into your vehicle. Do‘ not use MAX NC
because it only recirciilates the air inside your vehicle. See
*’ComfortControls” in theIndex.
1
1
Duringyourtrip,checkoccasionally to besurethattheloadissecure,and
that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working.
Following Distance
Stayatleasttwiceasfarbehindthevehicleaheadasyouwouldwhen
drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’llneedmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer.
And,becauseyou’re a gooddeallonger,you’llneedto go muchfarther
beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to yourlane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom ofthesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then, to movethe
trailer left, just move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to theright,
move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have
I someoneguideyou.
4-59
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrikesoftshoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees, or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel wil flash
wheneveryousignal a turnorlanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer
lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,changelanes,
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanel will flash
forturnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink
driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot.it’simportant to
checkoccasionally to besurethetrailerbulbsare still working.
Driving on Grades
Reducespeedandshift toalowergear before you start down a long or‘
steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave to useyourbrakes
so muchthattheywouldgethotand no longer workwell,
On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeed to around 45 mph
(70 kmlh) to reducethe possibility of engineandtransmissionoverheating.
If you haveanautomatictransmission,use D (or, asyouneed to, alower
gear)whentowingatrailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailer
will minimizeheatbuildupandextendthelife of yourtransmission.Or if you
haveamanualtransmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetternot to use fifth gear,
justdriveinfourthgear(or,asyouneed to, alowergear).
Parking on Hills
Youreallyshould not parkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill. If
somethinggoeswrong,your rig could start to move.Peoplecanbeinjured,
andbothyourvehicleandthetrailercanbedamaged.
Butifyoueverhave to parkyour rigonahill,here’show to do it:
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto P (Park)yet,orintogear
for a manual transmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksare in place,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe
chocksabsorbtheload.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shift to P (Park),or R (Reverse)for a manualtransmission.
4-60
~~ ~ ~~~~
When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill

1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shiftintoagear;and
Releasetheparkingbrake.
2. Letuponthebrakepedal.
3. Driveslowly until the trailer is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Yourvehicle will needservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially
important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t overfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each of
theseiscovered in thismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyoufindthem
quickly. If you’retrailering,it’sagoodideatoreviewthesesectionsbefore
you start your trip.
Checkperiodicallytoseethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
4-61
Trailer Ugh# Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness”intheIndex.
Power Winches
If you wish ..tousea power winch on your vehicle,only use it when your
vehicle is stationary or anchored.
I NOTICE
Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrakeor block thewheels to keep

yourvehiclefromrolling.
4-62
79d11
r. id
L u u m m w n
. .
. .
i
1
Here you'll find what to do about some .problems that can occur, on ,.the',road.
. .
Hazard Warning Flashers ................................................................... ...................5-2

Other Warning Devices ........................................................................................ .5-3
Jump Starting ........................................................................................................ 5-3
Towing Your Vehicle .............................................................................................. 5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9
If a Tire Goes Flat.............................................................................................. 5-15
Changing a ,Flat Tire.,..........................................................................................
If You're Stuck: . In Sand, .Mud,,.Ice or.Snow ................................................... 5-30
.h y,
-4-
- .
."
,
5-1
Problems on the Road
Hazmd Warning Flashers
AM505002
Yourhazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.They also letpoliceknow

you have a problem.Yourfrontandrearturnsignallightswill flash on and
off. Butthey won't flash if you'rebraking.
K2503
Press thebuttonintomake your frontandrearturnsignallightsflash on

and off,
Your hazardwarningflashersworknomatterwhatpositionyourkey is in,
andeven if thekeyisn'tin.
5-2
.... , . -7
*
. L, ' ,
To turn off theflashers,pulloutonthecollar.

Whenthehazardwarningflashersareon,your turnsignalswon'twork.
Other Warning Devices
If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneup at the side oftheroad
about 300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown, you maywant touseanothervehicleandsome
jumpercables to start yourvehicle.Butplease follow thestepsbelowtodo it
safely.
.. . . . .. ... . . .. . .. . ~ .......
Batteries can hurt you.They can be dangerous because:

A They contain acid that canburn you.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
* They containenough electricity to burnyou.
If you don't follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things
can hurt you.
I NOTICE
To Jump Start Your Vehicle

1.Checktheothervehicle. It musthave a12-voltbattery with anegative
groundsystem.
I NOTICE ......
5-3
2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,but be
sure thevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother. If theyare, it couldcausea
groundconnectionyoudon’twant. You wouldn’tbeable to startyour
vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamage the electricalsystems.
You coufd be injured if thevehicles roll, Set the parking brake firmly
A on each vehicle. Put an automatictransmission in P park) or a
manual transmission in N (Neutral).
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with a manual transfer case
shift lever, be sure thetransfer case is not in N (Neutral).
. ..
3. Turn off theignitiononbothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t

needed,andradios.This will avoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
And it couldsaveyourradio!
NU I Ibt
4. Openthehoodsand locate thebatteries.Findthepositive (+) and

negative (-) terminals on eachbattery.
Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode,

People have been hurt doing this, and some have bean blinded. Use
a flashlight if you need more light.
You don’t need to add water to the Dei# Freedoma battery installed
in every new GM vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sufe the
right amaunt of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of
that first, if you don’t, explosive gas could be present.
8attery fluid contains acid that can bum you. Don’t get it on you. If
you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the pface
I with water and get medical help immediately.
5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose or missinginsulation. If
theydo,youcould get a shock. Thevehiclescould be damaged, too.
5-4
Before you connectthecables,herearesomethings you should know.
Positive (t) will go to positive (t) andnegative (-) will go to a negative
(-) or to a metal engine part. Don’tconnect (t) to (-) or you’ll get a
short that would damagethe battery and maybeotherparts, too.
ION
A Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your
hands away from moving, parts once the engines are running.
1
6. Connecttheredpositive (t) cable to thepositive (t) terminalofthe

vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Use a remotepositive (t)terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Dead Battery (t)
. *..
PO268
7. Don’tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connect it to thepositive (t)
terminal of thegoodbattery.Usearemotepositive (t) terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Now connecttheblacknegative (-) cable to the good battery’snegative
(-) terminal.
Don’tlettheother end touch anything until the next step. The other end
ofthenegativecable doesn’t go to thedeadbattery. It goes to a heavy
unpaintedmetalpartontheengine of thevehicle with thedeadbattery.
9. Attachthecable at least 18 inches (45 cm)awayfromthedeadbattery,
but not near engine parts that move. The electrical connection is just as
goodthere,butthechance of sparksgettingback to thebatteryismuch
less.
5-5
Good Battery (-) Heavy
Metal
Engine Part
IO. Now start thevehiclewiththe good battery and runtheengine for

awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
If it won't start after a fewtries, it probably needs service.
REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER

J
K1508
12. Removethecablesinreverseorder to preventelectricalshorting.Take

carethatthey don't toucheachother or anyothermetal.
5-6
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to havea GM dealeroraprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle.
Theycanprovidetherightequipmentandknowhow to towitwithout
damage.
If yourvehiclehasbeenchangedsinceitwasfactory-new,byaddingthings
likefoglamps,aeroskirting, or specialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould
bedamagedduringtowing.
Beforeyou do anything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall,tellthetowingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,orthatithasthefour-wheeldrive
option.
Themake,model,andyearofyourvehicle.
Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandshiftthe
transfercase, if youhaveone.
If therewasanaccident,whatwasdamaged.
To help avoid injuryto you or others:

A Never let passengersride in a vehicle that is being towed.
* Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured.
Never get underyourvehicleafter it has been lifted by the tow
truck.
Always use separate safety chains on each side whentowing a
vehicle.
I Never use “3” hooks.
Use T-hooks instead.
5-7
Prolblenrs on the Road
. . .
II' "
. . . .
. .
. . . .
KO519
Whenyourvehicleisbeingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering

wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwith a clampingdevice
designed for a towing service. Do not use the vehicle's steering column lock
for this. The transmission (either automatic or manual) should be in N
(Neutral) and the transfer case (either manual shift or electronicshift), if you
haveone,shouldbe in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake
shouldbereleased,
Don't have your vehicle towed on the rear (drive) wheels, unless you have to.
If the vehicle must be towed on therearwheels,don't go more than 35 mph
(56 kmlh) or farther than 50 miles (80 km) or your transmission will be
damaged. If these limits mustbeexceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave
to be supported on a dolly.
If your vehicle has the four-wheel-drive option, a dolly MUST be used under
the rear wheels when towing from the front.
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolanttemperaturegageonyourvehicleinstrumentpanel.
If Steam /sComing From Your Engine:
K2321
Steam from anoverheatedengine can burn you badly, even if you

A just open the hcxxf. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear
steam corning from it. Just turn it off and geteveryoneaway from
the vehicle uniil it coots down. Wait untii them is no sign of steam or
coolant before opening the hoocl.
If you keep driving when your engine is ove&eated,the liquids in it
cancatch fire. You or.others could be badly burned. Stop your
engine if it overheats, and get out ofthevehicle until the engine is
5-9
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If yougettheoverheatwarningbutsee or hearnosteam,theproblemmay
not be too serious.Sometimestheenginecangeta little toohotwhenyou:
Climbalong hill on ahotday.
9 Stopafterhighspeeddriving.
Idle for longperiods in traffic.
Tow atrailer.
If yougettheoverheatwarningwithnosignofsteam,try this for a minute
or so:
1. If youhaveanairconditioner,turnit off.
2. Turnyourheater to fullhotatthehighestfanspeedandopenthe
windowasnecessary.
3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral).
If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive.Just to besafe,
driveslower for about ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you
can :I
If thewarningcontinues,pullover, stop, andparkyourvehiclerightaway.
If there'sstillnosign of steam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis
abouttwiceas fast asnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to
normal idle speed after two or three minutes. Nowsee if thewarning stops.
Butthen, if you stillhavethewarning,TURN OFF THEENGINE AND GET
EVERYONEOUT OF THEVEHICLEuntil it coolsdown.
Youmaydecidenot to lift thehoodbut to getservicehelprightaway.
7
KO715
5-1 0
Whenyoudecide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’swhat you’ll see:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
B. Radiatorpressurecap
C. Enginefan
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,don’t do anything
elseuntil it cools down.
, ”. 7
KO624
p
Thecoolantlevelshould be at or abovethe ADD mark. If it isn’t,youmay
havealeak in theradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator or waterpump or
somewhereelse in thecoolingsystem.
C A I IfInN
Heater and radiator. hoses, and other engine parts, can be very hot.
Don’t touch them. If you do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. if you run the engine, it could
I loose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be
burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.
I NOTICE .................. . . .
If thereseems to be no leak,starttheengineagain to see if thefanruns

whentheenginedoes. If it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn off the
engine.
5-1 1
Pmblems on the Road.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank I
If youhaven’tfoundaproblemyet,butthecoolantlevel isn’t at or abovethe
ADD mark, add a 50hO mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)anda
properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“EngineCoolant” in the
Index for more information about the proper coolant mix.)
Whenthecoolant in the coolant recovery tank is at or abovethe ADD mark,

start your vehicle.
If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemorethingyoucan try. You
can add thepropercoolantmixdirectly to theradiator, but be sure the
coolingsystemis cool beforeyou do it.
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot coofing system can blow out
A and burn you badly. They are under pressure, and if you turn the
radiator pressure cap-even a little-they can come aut at high
speed. Never turn the pressure cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have toturn
the pressure cap.
5-1 2
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is nolonger
hot.Turnthepressurecapslowly to the left until it first stops.(Don’t
press downwhileturningthepressurecap). If youhear a “hiss,” wait for
that to stop. A “hiss” means there is still somepressure left.
KO718
2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdownasyouturnit.
Removethepressurecap.
5-1 3
*-
&"
H
,
1 i
1
c
KO719
3. Filltheradiatorwiththeproper mix, uptothebase of thefillerneck.

4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank to the ADD mark.
5. Put the cap backonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator
pressurecap off.
KO720
6. Starttheengineandlet it run until you canfeeltheupperradiatorhose

gettinghot.Watch out fortheengine fan.
7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe
lower. If thelevel is lower, add moreofthepropermixthroughthefiller
neck untilthelevelreachesthebaseofthefillerneck.
5-1 4
a
9 KO721
8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besurethearrowsonthepressurecap
lineuplikethis.
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehiclehasaclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged,
thefanspinsfaster to providemoreair to cooltheengine. In mosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutch is notengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand
reducesfannoise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingandlorhigh
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. So
youmayhearanincrease infannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnotbe
mistakenasthetransmissionslipping or makingextrashifts.Itismerelythe
cooling system functioning properly. The fan will slow downwhenadditional
cooling is notrequiredandtheclutchdisengages.
Youmayalsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine. It will goaway
asthefanclutchdisengages.
If a Tim Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially if you
maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutofatire,it’smuchmorelikely to
leak out slowly. But if youshouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips
aboutwhat to expect and what to do:
If afronttirefails,the flat tire will createadragthatpullsthevehicletoward
thatside.Takeyourfoot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel
firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition,thengentlybraketoastopwellout of
thetrafficlane.
Problenrs on the Road
A rearblowout,particularly onacurve,actsmuchlikeaskidandmay
requirethesamecorrectionyou’duseinaskid. In anyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrol by steering
thewayyouwantthevehicle to go. It may be verybumpy and noisy,but
youcan $till steer.Gentlybrake to astop,well off the road if possible.
If your tire goes flat, the nextpartshows how to useyourjackingequipment
to changeaflattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tim
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a
levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarning flashers.
CAUTION I
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle can slip off the jack
and roll over you or other people. You and they could be badly
injured. Find a tevel place to change your tire. To help prevent the
vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parkingbrake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Shift a manual transmission to 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
4. If you have a four-wheet.drive vehicle with a manual transfer
case shift lever, be sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear-not in N (Neutral).
5. Turn off the engine,
To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move, you can put blocks
at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being
changed. That would be the tire on the other side of the vehicle, at
the opposite end.
5-1 6
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire.
Theequipmentyou’llneed is inyourvehicle’srearareaalongtheleftwall.
Yoursparetire is inyourvehicle’sreararea,eithermounted to theleftwall,
thefloororthetailgate. In somecases,youmayhave to removethespare
tire in order to reachthejackstorage.
5-1 7
i
KO761
Jack Storage
Yourjack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestoredinyourvehicle’srear
area,alongtheleftwall.
To removeyourjackcoverontwo-doormodels,turn the plasticwingnut to
theleftuntil you canpull it out.Removethejackcover.
To removeyourjackcoveronfour-doormodels, pull uponthelatchand
remove the jack cover.
To removethewheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench,turnthewingnut to the
left.Pullthewheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench off.
5-1 9
KO729
Spare Tire
KO724
Yourspare tire is in yourvehicle'sreararea,eithermounted to theleftwall,

the floor, or the tailgate.
If youhave a left-wall orfloor-mountedsparetire,thetiremustberemoved
in ordertohaveaccesstothe jack storage.
5-20
To Remove the Side-Mounted or Floor-Mounted Spare Tire
’,.
PO168
Reach into your tire’s cover and unscrew the wing nut at the center of the
wheel.Remove it andtheretainer.Then,unhookthetirefromthemounting
bracketandremovethecover.
To Remove the Tailgate Mounted Spare Tire
Makesurethatthecarrierarmis fully latchedtothetailgate.Removethe

’ tire’scover.
5-2 1
Prob/ems on the Road
1
Usethesocketend of yourwheelwrenchtoremovethewheelnutsthat
securethetire to thecarrier.Then, lift the tire off its mounting bracket.
Changing the Tire
Start with the jack, wheel wrench and wheel blocks.
Rotatethejackhandleclockwise(totheright).That will raise the jack lifthead

alittle.
I'--
J
KO503
Beforeyoustart,blockthefrontandrearofthetirefarthestawayfromthe
one beingchanged.Thenputyoursparetireneartheflattire.
5-22
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps
You willhave to take off hubcaps or wheelnutcaps to reachyourwheel
nuts.
If you have individual wheel nut caps that cover each nut, they must be
removed in order to getthewheelnuts.Usethesocketend of thewheel
wrench to removethewheelnutcaps.
Yourwheelnutcapsmayattachyourhubcaptothewheel.Removethese
wheelnutcapsbeforeyoutake off thehubcap.
If youhavejustanaluminumorplasticmoldedhubcap,pry it off withthe
chisel end of yourwheelwrench.Some of themoldedplastichubcapshave
imitation wheel nuts molded into them. The wheel wrench won’t fit these
imitation nuts, so don’ttry to removethemwiththesocketend of thewheel
wrench.
PO170
Usingthewheelwrench,loosenallthewheelnuts.Don’tremovethemyet.
5-23
Pmblems on the Road
FRQNT REAR
LOCATION LOCATION. ---- I
..
LOCATE IN FRAME LOCATE IN FRAME

HOLE AS SHOWN. HOLE AS SHOWN.
I. FRONT
LOCATION
REAR
LOCATION . -
PO351
Positionthejackunderthevehicle. I
Yourvehiclehasaholeintheframeneareachfrontwheel,and a hale in
the springhangernear each rearwheel for the iackt Fit the jack irito the , .
holenearest the flattire.

I
CAUTION I
Getting under a vehicle up is dangerous. the-
A vehicle
get a
under
is
when it
slips off the jack, you could be
jacked
injured or killed.
when is supported only by a
vehicle it
badly
jack:
If
Never
NOTtCE I
I
5-24
KO751
Raisethevehicle by rotating the jackhandle clockwise. Raise the vehicle far

enough off the ground so there is enough room forthesparetire to fit.
L
I.
1
-7
-1
PO171
Remove all thewheelnutsandtake off the flat tire.
5-25
CAUTION
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to which it is ,fastened,
I
A can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel
cuufd come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches. to
the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towet
to do .this; but be scare' to use a scraper or. wire brush 'later,it you.
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off.
i
i
Remove any rust or dirt from thewheel bolts, mounting surfaces or spare
wheel. Place the spare on
wheel
the mounting surface. I
5-26
Putonthesparetire.
KO755
Replacethewheelnuts with theroundedend of thenutstowardthewheel.

Tighteneachnut by handuntilthewheel is heldagainstthehub.
KO757
Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack
completely.
5-27
KO758
Tightenthewheelnuts firmly inacriss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove

thewheelblocks.
1 CAUTION
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause
A the wheel to become loose and even come off. This could lead to
an accident. Be sure to use the cormct wheel nuts.'"lf.you have to
replace them, be sure to 'get the right, kind.'
Stop somewhere as soon as you'can and havethe nuts tightened
' with a torque wrench tu 95 ft. Ibs. (130 N m ).
. . .
Storing The Jack and Spare Tire

Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks to theproperlocation on the
leftwall of yourvehicle'srear area. Securethe items andreplacethejack
cover.Putthe flat tire in thereararea of yourvehiclewherethesparetire
was stored.
5-28
KO728
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in thepassenger compart-

A ment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision,
loose equipment could strikesomeone.Storeallthese in theproper
place.
Ifyouhaveafloor-mountedspare tire andit has an aluminumwheel,place
the hook inthefloorringbeforeplacingitthroughthewheel.
If youhaveatailgate-mountedsparetirecarrier,tightenthe nuts to
22-32 ft. Ib. (30-40 N.m) torque.
ICAUTION
lb Makesure the spare tire and carrier aresecure.Driving with the
sparetire or carrierunlatched could injurepedestrians or damage the
vehicle.
5-29
Pmb/ems on the Road
If YouVe Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
snow
Whatyou don’t wantto do whenyourvehicle is stuck is to spin your
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelp you getoutwhenyou’re
stuck,butyoumustusecaution.
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can explade and you’ or
A others could be injured. And, the transmission or other parts of the
.vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine compartment fire
of other damage. When you’re stuck, spin the wheels’as little as
possible. Don’t spin the wheals above 35 mph (55 k W ) as shown
. . . .
’ . on the .speedometer. . . ..
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out:

First,turnyoursteeringwheelleftandright.That will clear the area around
yourfrontwheels.Thenshiftbackandforth,between R (Reverse)anda
forward gear (or with a manualtransmission,,between 1 (First) or 2 (Second)
gearand R (Reverse)gear),spinningthewheels as little aspossible.
Releasetheacceleratorpedalwhileyoushift,andpresslightlyonthe
acceleratorpedalwhenthetransmission is in gear. If thatdoesn’tgetyouout
afterafewtries,youmayneed to betowed out. Or, youcan use your
recoveryhooks, if yourvehicle has them. If you do need to betowedout,
see“TowingYourVehicle” in theIndex.
5-30
Using the Recovery Hooks
K3588
If youevergetstuck in sand,mud, ice or snow, yourvehiclemaybe

equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecovery hooks areprovidedatthefront
of yourvehicle. You mayneed to usethem if you're stuck off-road and need
to be pulled to someplacewhereyoucancontinuedriving.
I CAUTION
a The recovery hooks, when used, are under a lot of force. Always pull
the vehicle straight out. Never pull on the hooks at a sideways
angle. The hooks could break off and you or others could be injured
from the chain or cable snapping back.
5-31
Problems on fhe Road
I. .
K3589
NOTJCE I
5-32
I- .
Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle . This part begins
withserviceandfuelinformation.andthenitshowshow to checkimportant
fluid and lubricant levels . There is also technical information about your
vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care .
Service ................................................................................................................... 6.3
Fuel ........................................................................................................................
6-4
Checking Things Under the Hood ....................................................................... 6-7
Engine Oil ..........................................................................................................6-9
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... 6-14
Automatic Transmission Fluid ......................................................................... 6-16
Manual Transmission Fluid ............................................................................. 6-19
Hydraulic Clutch ............................................................................................... 6-20
Rear Axle ......................................................................................................... 6-21
Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 6-21
Front Axle......................................................................................................... 6-22
Engine Coolant ................................................................................................
6-23
Power Steering Fluid .......................................................................................
6-27
Windshield Washer Fluid .................................................................................
6-28
6-1
Service & Appearance Cam
. ......
s,s < I
Brake Master Cylinder................................................... ..,......sLL.~...............6-29

Replacing Brake System Parts ...........................................................................
6-30
. .
Battery .....................................................................................................................
. . 6-31
Vehicle Storage ..........................................................................................,..,.....6.31
Bulb Replacement.................................................................................................
6-31
Other Maintenance Items .................................................................................... 6-34
Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-37
Tires......................................................................................................................
6-40
Appearance Care ................................................................................................ 6-47
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................... 6-54
Service Parts Identification Label ...................................................................... 6-56
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................ 6-56
Capacities and Specification Charts .................................................................. 6-58
6-2
Service
Your General Motors dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be
happywith it. We hopeyou’llgo to yourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’llgetgenuineGM parts and GM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hopeyou’llwant to keepyourGMvehicleallGM.GMpartshaveone of
thesemarks:
1
i
I K l 6c04
Doing Your Own Service Work

If youwanttodosome of yourownservicework,you’llwanttogetthe
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual. It tellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. To ordertheproperservice
manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
You shouldkeeparecordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageand
date of anyservice work youperform.See“Maintenance Record” in the
Index.
can be injured if you try todo service work on a vehicle without

A You
knowing enough about it.
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, experience, and the
proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and otherfasteners.
“English” and“metric”fastenerscan be easily confused. If you
use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break or fall off. You
could be hurt.
6-3
Senrice & Appearance,Cam
NOTICE
. .
. .
L
KO661
The8thdigit of yourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)showsthecode
letter for your engine. You will find the VIN at the top left of yourinstrument
panel,(See“VehicleIdentificationNumber”intheIndex.)
Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat87octane or higher.Withthe 4.3L
(Code W) engine,usepremiumunleadedgasolineratedat 91 octane or
higher for high power performance, when towing a trailer or with a high
payloadrequirement.Butwhenoperatingwithalightloadasanormal
condition,youmayusemiddlegrade or regularunleadedgasolines.
ThegasolineyouuseshouldmeetspecificationsASTM D4814 inthe US.
andCGSB 3.5-92in Canada.Thesefuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives,
so you should not have to add anything to the fuel.
In the US. andCanada,it’seasyto be sure you get the right kind of
gasoline(unleaded).You’llsee UNLEADED rightonthepump.Andonly
unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.
Besurethepostedoctaneisatleast 91 forpremium, 89 formiddtegrade
and 87 forregular. If theoctaneislessthan 87, youmay get aheavy
knockingnoisewhenyoudrive. If it’sbadenough, it candamageyour
engine.
6-4
If you’reusingfuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy
knocking, your engine needs service. But don’t worry if you hear a little
pingingnoisewhenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal,and
youdon’thave to buyahigheroctanefuel to getridofpinging. It’s the
heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,suchas
MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthatisnomorethan 15% MTBE is
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol isethyl orgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatisnomorethan
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol is methyl or woodalcohol.
Gasolines for Cleaner Air

Youruseofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom
forming in yourengineandfuelsystem.Thathelpskeepyourengine in tune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly. It’s goodforyourvehicle,
andyou’llbedoingyourpartforcleanerair.
Manygasolinesarenowblended with materialscalledoxygenates.General
Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials,
suchas MTBE andethanol.Bydoing so, you can helpcleantheair,
especially in thosepartsofthecountrythathavehighcarbonmonoxide
levels.
Inaddition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesignedtoreducevehicle
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
Bydoing so, you can help clean the air, especially in thosepartsofthe
countrythathavehighozonelevels.
Youshouldaskyourservicestationoperators if their gasolines contain
detergentsandoxygenates,and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce
vehicleemissions.
6-5
Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondriving in anothercountryoutsidethe US. orCanada,
unleadedfuel may behardtofind. Do notuseleadedgasoline. If youuse
evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon'tworkwelloratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
andyourengineoilcandeterioratequickly.Yourvehicle'sthree-waycatalytic
converter and oxygen sensor will bedamaged. All ofthatmeanscostly
repairs that wouldn't be covered by your warranty.
To check on fuelavailability,askanautoclub, or contact a majoroil
companythatdoesbusiness in thecountrywhereyou'llbedriving.
You can also write us at the following address for advice. Just tell us where
I
you're going and give your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited,
InternationalExport Sales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 7N1, Canada
Filling Your Tank
. .
KO603
I CAUTION
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. I t burns violently, and that can
cause very bad injuries. Don't smoke if you'renear gasoline or
refueling your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials
away from gasoline,
6-6
The fuelcapisbehindahingeddoor on theleftside ofyourvehicle.
To take off thecap, turn it slowlytotheleft(counterclockwise).
When you putthecapbackon,turn it to the right until youhear a clicking

noise.
Checking Things Under the Hood
6-7
Service & Amearance Care
Hood Release
To openthehood,firstpullthehandleinsidethevehicle on thelowerleft
sideoftheinstrumentpanel.Then go to the front of thevehicleandrelease
thesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood,releasethe hood prop from its
retainerandputthehoodpropintothe slot in thehood. You may have a
lightthatcomesonwhenyouliftthehood.
. KO606
CAUTION
. ..
Beforeclosingthehood, be sure all thefillercapsare on properly.Thenlift

thehood to relievepressureonthehoodprop.
6-8
Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its
retainer.Thenjust pull thehooddownandclose it firmly.
,;,
. .-
b. . , " A , : '1. ,....ri: .,..::. i .. ., ;..-
: ..I,:
L
KO608
Engine Oil
It's a good idea to checkyourengine oil leveleverytimeyougetfuel. In
order to get an accuratereading,the oil mustbewarmandthevehicle must
beonlevelground.
" I KO609
Turn off theengineandgivethe oil afewminutes to drainbackintotheoil

pan, If you don't, theoildipstickmightnotshowtheactuallevel.
6-9
. .
KO610
To Check Engine Oil: Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper .towel
or cloth,thenpush it back in alltheway.Removeitagain,keepingthe tip
lower.
When to Add Oil: If the oil is at or belowthe ADD line, then you’ll need to
addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oil to use. For crankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
in theIndex.
NOTICE I
Just fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the’ proper operating range.
Pushthedipstick all the wayback in whenyou’rethrough.
6-1 0
KO704
What Kind of Oil to Use:

Look for threethings:
SG
“SG”must be on the oil container,either by itself or combinedwith
otherqualitydesignations,such as “SGICC,” “SGICD,” “SF,SG, CC”,
etc.TheselettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute (API) levels of
quality.
6-1 1
HOT
WEATHER
SAL SW-30
PREFERRED
COLD
GRADE OILS ARf AVAILABLE, SA€ 36
WEATHER GRAOE MAY BE USED AT TEMP€RATURES
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SA€ 2OW-50 OR
ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDEO
PO344
SAE 5W-30
Asshown in this chart, SAE 5W-30 is bestforyourvehicle.However,
youcanuseSAE 1OW-30 if it’sgoingtobe 0°F (-18°C) or above.
Thesenumbersonan oilcontainershowitsviscosity,orthickness. Do
notuseotherviscosityoilssuchasSAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.
6-1 2
EnergyConserving II
Oilswiththesewordsonthecontainer wil helpyousavefuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isusedonmostoilcontainers to help
you select the correct oil.
You shouldlookforthisontheoilcontainer,anduse only thoseoilsthat
displaythelogo.
GM Goodwrench@oil(inCanada, GM EngineOil)meetsalltherequirements
foryourvehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’taddanything to youroil.Your GM dealerisready to advise if youthink
somethingshouldbeadded.
When to Change Engine Oil:
See if anyoneofthese is trueforyou:
Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 km).
It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttripsarelessthan 10 miles
(16 km).
Theengine is at low speedmostofthetime (as indoor-to-doordelivery,
or in stop-and-go traffic).
Youtow a traileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces.
Thevehicle is frequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If any one. ofthese is true for your vehicle, you need to change your oil and
filterevery 3,000 miles (5000 km) or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst.
If none of them are true,changetheoilevery 7,500 miles (12 500 km)or
12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilter at thefirstoilchange
andateveryotheroilchangeafterthat.
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldrive,you will have a remote oil filterlocated
underthehood. It ismounted to thefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe
headlights.
Engine Block Heater:
Anengineblockheater can be a big help if youhave to parkoutsideinvery
coldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlockHeater” in theIndex.
6-1 3
Service dk Appearance Care
What to Do with Used Oil:
GAU I IUN I
Used engine oil contains things that have caused skin cancer in
laboratory animals. Don’t let used oil stay on your skin for very long.
Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand
cleaner. Wash or properly throw away clothing or rags containing
used engine oil.
Used oil canbearealthreat to theenvironment. If youchangeyourownoil,
besure to drain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever
disposeof oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground,intosewers,
or into streams orbodiesofwater.Instead,recycle it bytaking it to a place
that collects used oil. If youhave a problemdisposingofyourusedoil, ask
yourdealer, a servicestationoralocalrecyclingcenterforhelp,
Air Cleaner
KO618
To removetheroundaircleanerfilter for the 4.3L (VIN 2) engine, turn the

wingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecoverandchangethefilter.Care
shouldbetakenduringreassemblytoensurethatthecover is onstraight
andthewingnutproperlytightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe 4.3L (VIN W) highperformance
engine,loosenbothwingnuts(oneontheductandoneonthecover).
6-1 4
f
PO267
Lift theaircleanerassemblyupfromthevehicle.Openbothclampsand lift

off covertochangethefilter.Whilereassemblingtheaircleanerassembly,
ensurethattheaircleaner cover tabsarefullyinsertedintothe slots in the
aircleanerhousing,thetwowingscrewsaresecure,andthe PCV airtubeis
properly seated in the left hand valve cover.
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen to replacetheair
cleanerfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex.
Operating the engine with the air cleaner off can cause you or others
A to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops flame
if the engine backfires. If it isn’t there,andtheenginebackfires, you
could be burned. Don’t drive with it off, and be careful working on
the engine with the air cleaner off.
6-1 5
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A goodtime to check your automatic transmission fluid level is whenthe
engine oil ischanged.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen
to changeyourfluid.See"ScheduledMaintenanceServices" in theIndex.
How to Check:
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may choose to have this
doneatadealershipServiceDepartment.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions,here, or you 'could
get a false reading on the dipstick.
NOTICE 1
Waitatleast 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you

havebeendriving:
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 90°F (32°C).
At highspeedforquite a while.
0. In heavytraffic-especially in hot' weather.
Whilepullingatrailer.
To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
whichis180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C).
To check transmission fluid hot: Get.the vehicle warmed up by driving
about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 50'F (10°C). If
it's colder then 50°F ( lO"C), drive the vehicle in R (3rd gear) until the
temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
follow the hot check procedures.
To check transmission fluid cold: A cold check. is' made after the vehicle
has been sitting for eight hours or more with the engine off and is used only
asareference.Lettheenginerun at idleforfiveminutes if outside
temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) or more. If it's colderthan 50°F (10°C)' you
mayhave to idletheenginelonger. A hot checkmustfollowwhenfluidis
addedduring a coldcheck.
6-1 6
To check the fluid hot or cold:
Parkyourvehicle onalevelplace.
Placetheshiftlever in P (Park)withtheparking 'brake applied.
Withyour foot onthebrakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach
gearrange,pausing for aboutthreeseconds in eachrange.Then,
positiontheshiftlever in P (Park).
Lettheenginerunatidle for threeminutes or more.
Then,withoutshutting off the engine, follow these steps:
PO164
1. Flipthehandleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe it with a
cleanrag or papertowel.
2. Push it back in alltheway,waitthreesecondsandthenpull itbackout
again.Fliptophandleshouldremaininopenposition.
6-1 7
PO165
3. Checkbothsidesofthedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.The fluid
level must be in theCOLDareafor a cold check or in the HOT area or
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
4. If the fluid level is where it shouldbe,pushthedipstick back in all the
way. Flip the handle down to lock it in place.
, How To Add Fluid:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhatkindoftransmission .
fluidtouse.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex.
If the fluid level is low, addonlyenoughoftheproper fluid to bring the level
up to the COLD area for a cold check or the HOT area for a hot check. It
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthan a pint.Don’toverfill. We
recommendyouuseonly fluidlabeled DEXRON@IIE, becausefluidswiththat
label are madeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecaused by
fluid otherthan DEXRON@IIE is notcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder “How To
Check”.
Whenthecorrectfluidlevelisobtained,pushthedipstickback in all the
way, then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place.
6-1 8
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A goodtime to have it checkediswhentheengineoilischanged.However,
thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn'trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you maychoose to have this
doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
If you do it yourself, be sure to followalltheinstructionshere, or you could
getafalsereading.
1 NOTICE I
is
. , . .
Check the .fluid Ievei ohly: when your' engine off, the vehicle' is parked on a
level place and the transmission is cool enough for you to .rest your fingers.
on the transmission case.
Then, follow these stens:
;
i
PO336
1. Removethe fillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to the bottom ofthefillerplughole.
3. If thefluidlevel is good,installtheplugandbesure it isfullyseated. If
thefluidlevelislow,addmorefluidasdescribedinthe next steps.
6-1 9
How to Add Fluid:
Here’showtoaddfluid.RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determine
whatkindof fluidto use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the
Index.
1. Removethe filler plug.
2. Addfluidatthefillerplughole.Addonlyenoughfluid to bringthefluid
leveluptothebottomofthefillerplughole.
3. Installtheplug.Besure it is fullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulicclutch in yourvehicleisself-adjusting. A slightamountofplay
[1/4 (6 mm)-1/2 inch (13 mm)]inthepedalisnormal.
When to Check and What to Use:
A
A
PO257
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftenyoushouldcheck

the fluid level in yourclutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhattoadd.See
“OwnerChecksandServices”and“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in
theIndex.
How to Check:
The proper fluid should be added if the level does not reach the bottom of
thediaphragmwhenit’s in place in thereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe
reservoir cap.
6-20
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the
lubricantandwhen to change it. See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices’’ in
theIndex.
How to Check Lubricant:
KO996
If thelevelisbelowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add

some lubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraisetheleveltothebottomofthe
fillerplughole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhatkindoflubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
Four= Wheel Drive
Mostlubricantchecksinthissectionalsoapplytofour-wheeldrivevehicles.
However,theyhavetwoadditionalsystemsthatneedlubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine how often to checkthe
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”intheIndex.
6-21
Service & Appearance t+m
__
KO997
If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add
somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraisetheleveltothebottom of the
fillerplughole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinewhatkindoflubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex,
b
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to checkthe
lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in
theIndex.
6-22
If the level is belowthebottomofthefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd

somelubricant.
If thedifferentialisatoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto
raisetheleveltothebottom of thefillerplughole.
If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricanttoraisethelevelto 1/2 inch
(12 mm)belowthefillerplughole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of lubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
Engine Coolant
The following’ explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is
low. If youhaveaproblemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating”intheIndex.
The proper coolant for your vehicle will:
Givefreezingprotectiondownto 20°F (-28°C) or -34°F (-37°C) for
Canadianvehiclesandvehicleswithcoldclimateoption.
Giveboilingprotectionup to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainst rust andcorrosion.
Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature.
Letthewarning lights and gages work astheyshould.
6-23
What to Use:
Use a mixture of clean water (preferably distilled) and antifreeze that meets
“GM Specification 6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminum pads. Also use
GM EngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)withacompletecoolantchange. If
youusethese,youdon’tneed to addanything else.
GAUTIWN
Addingonlyplain water to.your coofing systtem can be dangerous.
Plain water, or soma other liquid like alcohol; can bii before the . ’ ’
proper coolant mix wilt, Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is .set
for the proper coolant mix. With.plain water or the wrong mix, yout
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t gat the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire and you or others couid be burned. Use
it 5060 mix of clean water’ and a proper antifreeze. ’
Some conditions,suchasairtrapped in the cooling system, canaffect the

coolant level in the ,radiator. Check the coolant level when the engine is cold
and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for theproperwayto add
coolant.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year, have your dealer
check your cooling system.
6-24
Adding Coolant
c
To CheckCoolant: .When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at

ADD, or a tittlehigher.Whenyourengine is warm,thelevelshouldbe up to
FULL HOT, or a little higher,
To Add Coofant: If you needmorecoolant,addthepropermix atthe
coolant riecovi?ry tank.
CAUTION I
~~ ~~~ - ~~~~ ~~ _.__
Add coolant mix at therecoverytank,butbecarefulnottospill it.
6-25
Radiator Pressure Cap
KO721
Whenyoureplaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an AC@ cap is recommended

See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations’’ in theIndex,
Thermostat
Enginecoolanttemperature is controlled by a thermostat in theenginecoolant
system.Thethermostatstopsthe flow of coolant through the radiator until the
coolantreaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat,an AC@ thermostatisrecommended.
6-26
Power Steering Fluid
. ..
How To Check Power Steering Fluid:

Unscrewthecapandwipethedipstick withacleanrag.Replacethecap
andcompletelytighten it. Thenremove thecapagainandlook at thefluid
levelonthedipstick.
Whentheenginecompartment is hot, thelevelshouldbeatthe HOT
mark.
When. theenginecompartment is cool,the ‘level shouldbeatthe FULL
COLD mark.
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinewhatkind of fluid to use.
See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
NOTICE
6-27
Service & A e a r a n c e Cam
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:
Openthecaplabeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Addwasherfluiduntil the

bottle is full.
6-28
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder is here. It is filledwith DOT-3 brakefluid.
KO629
Thereareonlytworeasonswhythebrakefluidlevelinyourmastercylinder
mightgodown.Thefirst is that the brake fluid goes down to anacceptable
levelduringnormalbrakeliningwear.Whennewliningsareput in, thefluid
levelgoesbackup.Theotherreason is that fluid is leaking out ofthebrake
system. If it is,youshouldhaveyourbrakesystemfixed,sincealeakmeans
that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all.
So, itisn’tagoodidea to “top off” yourbrakefluid.Addingbrakefluidwon’t
correctaleak. If you add fluid when your linings are worn, then you’ll have
too muchfluidwhenyou get newbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenwork is done on thebrakehydraulic
system.
ICAUTION
A If you have too muih ‘brake fluid, it can spill on theengine. The fluid
will burn if the engine is hot enough. You or others coufd be burned,
and yuur vehicle coutd be damaged. Add brake fluid only when wurk
is done on the brake hydraulic system.
~~ ~ ~
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to check your brake

fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”intheIndex.
6-29
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap.’ Just look at the
windowsonthebrakefluidreservoir.The fluidlevelsshouldbeabove MIN. If
theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked to see if there is aleak.
Afterwork k doneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
above MIN andbelowthetopofeachwindow.
What To Add
Whenyoudoneedbrakefluid,useonly DOT-3 brakefluid-such as Delco
Supreme 11@ (GM Part No. 1052535). Usenewbrake fluid fromasealed
container only.
Replacing Brake System Parts

Thebrakingsystemonamodernvehicle is complex. Its many partshave to
be of topqualityandworkwelltogether if thevehicle is tohavereallygood
braking.Vehicleswedesignandtesthavetop-quality GM brakepartsin
them,asyourvehicle does whenit is new.Whenyoureplacepartsofyour
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrakeliningsweardownandyou
have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuine GM
replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly. .For
example, if someoneputs in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle, the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The
braking performance you’ve come to expect can change in manyotherways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
Fluid Leak Check
After the vehicle has been parked for awhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehicleforwater,oil,fuelorotherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal. If younoticefuelleaks
orfumes,thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.
6-30
Battery
EverynewGMvehiclehasaDelcoFreedombattery. You neverhave to add
water to one of these.Whenit’stimeforanewbattery, werecommenda
DelcoFreedombattery.Getonethathasthecatalognumbershown on the
originalbattery’slabel.
Vehicle .Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more, take off the
black, negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery
fromrunningdown.
CAUTION
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepareyourvehicleforlongerstorage

periods.Formoreinformation,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or
write to:
AdistraCorporation
171 HamiltonStreet
Plymouth, MI 48170
In Canada,write to:
GeneralMotorsofCanada,Limited
CustomerServicesDepartment
Oshawa,Ontario L1J 5Z6 Canada
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION
Before you replace any bulbs, be sure that all the lights are off and the
engine isn’t running.
6-31
Service dik Appearance Care
Headlights
1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
2. Pull theheadlightoutandremovetheretainer.
3. Unplugtheheadlight.
4. Plug inthenewbulbandput it inplace.
5. installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthescrews.
Front Parkinflurn Signal I.ights
KO663
1. Reachunderandbehindtheparkinghurnsignallightassembly.
6-32
2. Turnthesocketcounterclockwiseandpull itout.
3.Turnthebulbcounterclockwiseandpull it out of thesocket.
4. Putthenewbulbinthesocketandturnitclockwiseuntil it istight.
5. Putthesocketbackintotheassemblyandturnthesocketclockwise
untilitlocks in place.
Rear Lights
1. Openthetailgate.
2. Removethescrewsfromthelightassembly.
3. Pulltheassemblyawayfromthefender.
4. Turnthesocketcounterclockwise to removeit. If thesockethasatab,
push the tab in while you turnthesocket.
5. Turnthebulbcounterclockwise to removeit.
6.Putthenewbulbintothesocketandturnthebulbclockwise.
7. Putthesocketintothelightassemblyandturnthesocketclockwiseuntil
it locks in place.
8. Installthelightassemblyandscrews.
9. Close thetailgate.
6-33
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
If youhavethe 4.3L (VIN code 2) enginewithamanualtransmission, a
greasefitting is ontheclutchhousingforlubricatingtheclutchforkballstud.
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhow to lubricatethe
clutchhousing,andwhattype of lubricant to use. Be sure not to over-fill
because you could damageyourclutch.
wont Subpension and Steering Linkage
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinehowoftentolubricatethe
fittingsandwhattypeoflubricant to use.
Fronf Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicle is two-wheel drive, it has wheel bearings that must be cleaned
andrepacked..
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinehowoftenthismust be
done.
Single Belt Accessory Drive
Your new vehicle usesaserpentinebeltthat is lighter, and more durable than
systemswithseveralbelts.
The belt runs over or around the pulleys on the engine. A tensioner is used
to keepthebelttight at all times.Thetensioner also makesreplacingthe
belteasier. If you need to replace the belt, be sure to get thecorrect
replacementbelt.Yourdealershiporpartssuppliercanhelpyouwiththis.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehicle wil showyouhow to
route the belt your vehicle uses.
6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts
KO637
To replace your windshield wiper blade- inserts, lift the wiper arm away from
thewindshield.Pinchthetwotabs on thewiperarmandslidetheinsertout
oftheblade.Slidethenewoneinplace.Makesurethetabsarelockedinto
position.
Air Conditioning
Everynowandthenhaveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem
to besure it has not lost anycoolingability. If you thinkthesystem is not
workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheck it outassoonaspossible.
Theairconditioning will notworkwhenthetemperatureisbelow 40°F (4°C).
Accelerator Control System

RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentheaccelerator
linkagepivotpointsmustbelubricatedandwhattypeoflubricant to use.
Acceleratdrcablesandcruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbeiubricated.Any
cablesthat are worn or are hardtopullshouldbereplaced.
Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting
theflowontothethrottlelinkageinamannerthat would causemoistureto
enter the cables.
6-35
Hood Latches and Hood Hinge
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how to lubricate the hood
latchandhoodhingeassembly.
Propeller Shaft Slip SplinedUniversal Joints
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often the slip and
universal joints must be lubricated and what type of lubricant to use.
Body
Normal use of yourvehiclewillcausemetal to metalwearatsomepoints on
the cab and body if they are not lubricated.
For exposedsurfaces,Suchasdoorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker
plates,dovetailbumperwedges,etc.,athinfilmofengine oil should be
applied.
Where oilholesareprovided in thebody or cab,adripless oilcanbeused.
Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.
Doorweatherstripsandrubber hood bumpersshouldbewipedcleanwitha
wet cloth and lightly coated with a rubber lubricant.
Neveruse too muchofanylubricantandbesure to wipeupanyextra
lubricant when you are finished.
Windowregulatorsandcontrolsareinsidethe doors. Theyarelubricatedwith
alonglastinggrease. If lubrication is requiredyourdealershouldperformthis
service.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinehowoften to lubricate these
itemsandwhattypeoflubricant to use.
Lock Cylinders
To besureyourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinehowoften to lubricate them
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
You shouldnotusepenetrating oils becausetheycouldwashoutthefactory
', installedlubricantandcausethelock to bind.De-icerswhichcontainalcohol
couldalsowashawaythelubricant, so besure to lubricatethelockafter
using a deicer of this type.
Tailgate Handle
Thetailgatehandlepivotpointsonyourvehicleshouldbelubricated to keep
thehandleworkingsmoothly.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinehowoften to lubricate them
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
6-36
Exhaust System
To help prevent damage to your exhaust system, do not continue to drive
your vehicle if you notice:
Enginemisfiring
Loss ofperformance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Haveyourengineandexhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three-way Catalytic Converter
Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converter is designed to reduce the
pollutants in yourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuel in yourvehicle. If
you use leaded fuel, you could damage your three-way catalytic converter,
and other ‘engine components.
The MalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINESOON) lamp on your
instrumentpanellets youknowwhenyouremissionsystemneedsservice.
Thelightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine to letyouknow
thatthesystemisworking. If it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
engine, or if it comes on and stays on while you’re driving, your system may
needservice.Yourvehicleshould still bedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour
systemservicedrightaway.
Loading Your Vehicle
SEE OWNERS MANUALFOR ADDITtUNAL INFORMATION
4
K3651
TheCertificationRirelabelisfoundonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar.Thelabel
showsthesizeofyouroriginal tires and the inflation pressures needed to
6-37
obtain the gross vehicle weight capacity of your vehicle. This is called the
GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludestheweightofthe
vehicle, all occupants,fuelandcargo.
The Certificationflire labelalsotellsyouthemaximumweightsforthefront
andrearaxles,calledGross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads onyourfrontandrearaxles,youneed to go to aweighstation
andweighyourvehicle.Yourdealercanhelpyouwiththis.Besure to
spreadoutyourloadequallyonbothsides of thecenterline.
NeverexceedtheGVWR for yourvehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for eitherthefront or rearaxle.
And, if you do haveaheavyload,youshouldspread it out.
Do not load your vehicle any.heavier than the. GVWR or the

maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts on'your vehicle
can break, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. These
could cause you to lose control. Atso, overloading can shorten the
life of your vehicle.
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponentstogetaddeddurabilitymightnot
changeyourweightratings.Askyourdealer to helpyouload your vehiclethe
rightway.
If youputthingsinsideyourvehicle-likesuitcases, tools, packages, or

anythingelse-theywillgoasfastasthevehiclegoes. If youhave to stop
or turn quickly, or if thereisacrash,they'llkeepgoing.
6-38
I CAUTION I
A Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Put things in thecargoarea of your vehicle. Try to spreadthe
'
weightevenly.
Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so
that some of them are above the tops of theseats.
When you carry something insidethevehicle,secure it
whenever you can.
Don't leave a seat folded down unlessyouneed to. . .
I
Paylaad
ThePayloadCapacityisshownontheCertification/Tirelabel.Thisisthe
maximumloadcapacitythatyourvehiclecancarry.Besure to includethe
weightofthepeopleinsideaspartofyourload. If youaddedany
accessoriesorequipmentafteryourvehicleleftthefactory,remember to
subtracttheweight of thesethings from thepayload.Yourdealercanhelp
youwiththis.
Traiiering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalsoaloadrating
whichincludestheweight of thevehicle and thetrailer it tows. Thisrating is
calledthe Gross CombinationWeightRating (GCWR).
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besure to includetheweight of everythingyou
putinit.And,remember to figuretheweight of thepeopleinsideaspart of
your load.
6-39
Yourdealercanhelpyoudetermineyour GCWR.
I
GROSS COMBINATION WEIGHT RATING

(GCWR)
Add-on Equipment
Whenyoucarryremovableitemsyoumayneed to putalimit on howmany
people you carry inside your vehicle. Be sure to weighyourvehiclebefore
youbuyandinstallthenewequipment.
NOTICE :
rims
We don’t maketires.Yournewvehiclecomeswithhighqualitytiresmadeby
aleadingtiremanufacturer.Thesetiresarewarrantedbythetire
manufacturersandtheirwarrantiesaredelivered with everynewvehicle. If
your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, you wil have a tire
warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.
6-40
I
6-41
When to Check: Check your tires once a month or more.
How to Check Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire pressure.
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially if you
haveradialtires-whichmaylookproperlyinflatedeven if they’re
underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besure to putthembackon.Theyhelp
preventleaks by keepingoutdirtandmoisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommended in theMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled
MaintenanceServices in theIndex.
3
J . . : ,
K2655
If yourvehiclehasfronttireswithdifferentloadratings or tread designs (such

as all season vs. onloffroad)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
to rear.
If youhavestyledsteeloraluminumwheels,yourspare is full-sized,but its
appearance will not match your otherwheels.
Afterthetireshavebeenrotated,adjustthefrontandrearinflationpressure
asshownonthe Certificationflire label.Makecertainthatallwheelnutsare
properlytightened.See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.
642
CAUTION
When It’s Time for New Tires

V
. . . ;.. ,.~ ..
. ’ ’
7 > . ;
. ,
$.
TREAD WEAR INDICATORS
it1658
Oneway to tell when it’s time for new tires is to check the treadwear
indicators, which will appear when your tires have only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) or
lessoftreadremaining.
You needa new tire if:
Youcanseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire.
You canseecord or fabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
Thetreadorsidewalliscracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenough to show
cord or fabric.
The tirehasabump,bulge or split.
The tirehasapuncture,cut, or otherdamagethatcan’tberepaired
becauseofthesize or location of thedamage.
6-43
Buying New Tires
To find outwhatkindandsizeoftiresyouneed, look at the CertificationlTire
label.Thetiresinstalledonyourvehiclewhen it wasnew had a Tire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)numberoneachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way,yourvehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give proper
endurance,handling,speedrating,traction,rideandotherthingsduring
normalserviceonyourvehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread design,
the TPC numberwillbefollowedby a “MS” (formudandsnow).
If youeverreplaceyourtireswiththosenothavingaTPCSpecnumber,
makesuretheyarethesamesize,loadrange,speedratingandconstruction
type(bias,bias-beltedorradial)asyouroriginaltires.
ICAUTION I
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving. If you mix
A tires of different types {like radial and bias-belted tires) the vehicle
may not handle properly, and you could have a crash. Be sure to
use the same size and type fires on all four wheels.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading

ThefollowinginformationrelatestothesystemdevelopedbytheUnited
StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgradestiresby
treadwear,tractionandtemperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto
vehicles sold in theUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeisacomparativeratingbasedonthewearrateofthe
tire whentestedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedgovernmenttest
course.Forexample, atiregraded150wouldwearoneandahalf (1-112)
times as well on thegovernmentcourseasatiregraded100.Therelative
performance of tiresdependsupontheactualconditions of their use,
however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariations in
drivinghabits,servicepracticesanddifferences in roadcharacteristicsand
climate.
Traction-A, 6, C
Thetractiongrades,fromhighest to lowestare: A, B, and C. Theyrepresent
thetire’sabilitytostoponwetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled
conditionsonspecifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A
tire marked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.
6-44
Warning:Thetractiongradeassigned to this tire is basedonbraking
(straight-ahead)tractiontestsanddoesnotincludecornering(turning)traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegradesare A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthetire’s
resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheatwhen
testedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedindoorlaboratorytestwheel.
Sustainedhightemperaturecancausethematerialofthetire to degenerate
andreducetirelife,andexcessivetemperaturecanleadtosuddentire
failure,Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformancewhich all
passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevelsofperformanceon
thelaboratorytestwheelthantheminimumrequiredbylaw.
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistire is established for a tire that is
properlyinflated and notoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation, or
excessiveloading,eitherseparate19 or incombination,cancauseheatbuildup
and possible tire failure.
Thesegradesaremoldedonthesidewallsofpassengercartires.
Whilethetiresavailableasstandard or optionalequipmentonGeneralMotors
vehiclesmayvarywithrespect to thesegrades, all suchtiresmeetGeneral
Motors performancestandardsandhavebeenapprovedforuseonGeneral
Motors vehicles. All passengertype (P Metric)tiresmustconform to Federal
safetyrequirementsinadditiontothesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyatthe
factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
Inmostcases,you will notneed to haveyourwheelsalignedagain.
However, if you notice unusual tire wear or yourvehiclepullingoneway or
theother,thealignmentmayneed to bereset. If younoticeyourvehicle
vibratingwhendrivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed to be
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthat is bent,crackedorbadlyrusted. If wheel nuts keep
comingloose,thewheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsshouldbereplaced. If
thewheelleaksairout,replace it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
sometimes berepaired).SeeyourGMdealer if anyoftheseconditionsexist.
Yourdealerwillknowthe kind of wheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheel should have the same load carrying capacity,. diameter,
width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone it replaces.
6-45
If youneedtoreplaceany of yourwheels,wheel bolts, or wheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GM originalequipmentparts.Thisway,youwill
be sureyouhavetherightwheel,wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for your
vehicle.
Usingthe wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts on

your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and
handling of your vehicle,make your tires lose air andmake you lose
control. You could have a coltision in which you or others could be
injured. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts
for replacement.
Used Replacement Wheels
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous. You can't know

how it's been used or how manymiles it's beendriven. It couid fail
suddenly and causeanaccident. If you have toreplace a wheel, use
a new GM original equipment wheel.
Tire Chains
NOTICE I
6-46
Appearance Cam
.-.
6 i
I CAUTION
Cleaning products can be dangerous. Some are
A toxic. Others' can
burst intoflame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part of
the vehicle. Some are dangerous if you breathetheirfumes in a
closed space.When you use anything in a container to clean your
vehicte, be sureto follow the instructions. And always open your
doors or windows when you're cleaningthe inside.
[ Never use these to ctean your vehicle:

* Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
Nail Polish Remover
I They can all be hazardous-some morethanothers-andthey

all damage your vehicle, too.
can
647
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetridofdustandloosedirt.Wipe vinyl with
aclean,dampcloth.
Your GM dealerhastwo GM cleaners-asolvent-typespotlifteranda
foam-typepowderedcleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery
well.
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Cleanupstainsassoonasyoucan-beforetheyset.
Useacleancloth or sponge,andchangetoacleanareaoften. A soft
brushmaybeused if stainsarestubborn.
e Usesolvent-typecleaners in awellventilatedareaonly. If youusethem,
i
don’tsaturatethestainedarea.
e If aringformsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediately or it
will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
e Vacuumandbrushtheareatoremoveanyloosedirt.
e Alwayscleanawholetrimpanel or section.Masksurroundingtrimalong
stitchorweltlines.
e Mix Multi-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
containerlabel.
Usesudsonlyandapplywithacleansponge.
Don’tsaturatethematerial.
Don’trub it roughly.
e As soonasyou’vecleanedthesection,useasponge to removethe
suds.
6-48
Rinsethesectionwithaclean,wetsponge.
Wipe off what’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowelorcloth.
Thendry it immediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryeroraheatlamp.
Wipewithacleancloth.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First,see if youhave to usesolvent-typecleaner.atall.Some spots and
stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap.
If you need to use it, then:
Gentlyscrapeexcesssoilfromthetrimmaterialwithaclean,dullknife
orscraper.Usevery little cleaner,lightpressureandcleancloths
(preferablycheesecloth).Cleaningshouldstartattheoutsideofthestain,
“feathering” toward the center. Keep changing to a clean section ofthe
cloth.
When you cleanastainfromfabric,immediately dry theareawithanair
hose,hairdryer,orheatlamptohelppreventacleaningring.(See
previousNOTICE.)
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or OilyStains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoepolish,coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar
andasphalt.
, Carefullyscrape off excessstain.
Thenfollowthesolvent-typeinstructionsabove.
Shoepolish,waxcrayons,tarandasphalt will stain if left onavehicle
seatfabric.Theyshouldberemovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
becausethecleaner will dissolvethemandmaycausethem to bleed.
Non-GreasyStains: Likecatsup,coffee(black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
softdrinks,wine,vomit,urineandblood.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thenspongetheplacewithcoolwater.
If astainremains, follow thefoam-typeinstructionsabove.
6-49
Senrice & Appearance Cane
If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomit or urine,treattheareawitha
waterlbakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml)ofbakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally, if needed,cleanlightlywithsolvent-typecleaner.
CombinationStains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand
unknownstains.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thencleanwithcoolwaterandallow to
dry.
If astainremains,clean it withsolvent-typecleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl or ‘Leather
Just usewarmwaterandacleancloth.
Rub withaclean,dampcloth to removedirt,Youmayhave to do it
morethanonce.
Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolish will stain if youdon’tgetthem
off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinyllleathercleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Useonlymildsoapandwater to cleanthetopsurfaces of theinstrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflections in
thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keepbeltscleananddry.
A Do not bleach or dye safety beits. If you do, it may severely weaken
them. In a crash they mightnot be able to provide adequate
protection.Clean safety belts only with mild soap and iukewarm
I
water. I
~~~ ~ ~~~ ~~~~ ~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~
Glass
Glassshouldbecleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner(GMPart No. 1050427) or
aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may cause scratches.
Avoidplacingdecalsontheinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhave to be
scraped off later. If abrasivecleanersareusedontheinsideoftherear
window,anelectricdefoggerelementmay be damaged.Anytemporary
licenseshouldnotbeattachedacrossthedefoggergrid.
6-50
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield, Backglass and
Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer, or if the wiper
bladechatterswhenrunning,waxorothermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield.
Clean the outside of thewindshieldwithGMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami
Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean if beadsdonot
formwhenyourinse it withwater.
Cleanthebladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
Wiperbladesshouldbecheckedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth ofcolor,gloss
retentionanddurability.
Washing Your Vehicle
Thebestway to preserveyourvehicle’sfinishis to keep it clean by washing
itoftenwithlukewarmorcoldwater.
Don’twashyourvehicleinthedirectraysofthesun.Don’tusestrongsoaps
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordish or carwashing
(non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor
abrasives. All cleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowed to
dryonthesurface,ortheycouldstain. Dry thefinishwitha soft, clean
chamoisor 100% cotton towel to avoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mildpolishing of yourvehiclemay benecessary to
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish.YoucangetGMapprovedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials”inthe
Index.)
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularly to keeptheirluster.Washing
withwaterisallthat is usuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome
Polishonchrome or stainlesssteeltrim, if necessary.
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim. To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
useauto or chromepolish,steamorcausticsoap to cleanaluminum. A
coating ofwax,rubbed to ahighpolish, is recommendedforallbrightmetal
parts.
6-51
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Youraluminumwheelshaveaprotectivecoatingsimilar to the painted surface
ofyourvehicle.Don'tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish,orother
abrasivecleaners on them because you could damage this coating. After
rinsingthoroughly,awaxmay be applied.
1 NOTICE
White Sidewall Tires

Your General Motors dealer has a GM White Sidewall Tire Cleaner. You can
useastiffbrushwithit.
Weatherstrips
These are places where glass or metalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere
wil makethemlastlonger,sealbetter,andnotstickorsqueak.Applysilicone
grease with a clean cloth at least every six months.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement,
makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterialtotheparts
repaired or replaced to restorecorrosionprotection.
Foreign Material
Calciumchlorideandothersalts,icemeltingagents,roadoilandtar,tree
sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys, and otherforeign
matter can damage your vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces,
Use 'cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces for these stains.
Finish Damage
Any stonechips,fracturesordeepscratches in the finish should be repaired
rightaway.Baremetal wil corrodequicklyandmaydevelop into a major
repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up materials available
from your dealer or other service outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can
be corrected in yourdealer'sbodyandpaintshop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the
underbody. If thesearenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust) can occur
ontheunderbodypartssuchasfuellines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust
systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the underbody with plain
water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked
6-52
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed. Your
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout.
Airbornepollutantsfalluponandattackpaintedsurfacesonyourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,andsmall
irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface.
Althoughnodefect in the paint job causes this, General Motors will repair,at
no charge to theowner, the surfacesof,newvehiclesdamagedbythisfallout
conditionwithin12months or 12,000miles(20 000 km) of purchase,
whichever comes first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART
NUMBER SIZE USAGE DESCRIPTION
1050172 16 oz. TarandRoad Removes old waxes,polishes,tar
(0.473L) Oil Remover androadoil
1050173 16 oz. ChromeCleaner Removesrustandcorrosionon
(0.473L) andPolish chromeandstainlesssteel
1050174 16 oz. WhiteSidewall Cleans white and black tires
(0.473L) TireCleaner
1050214 32 02. VinyllLeather Spotandstainremovalonleather
(0.946L) or vinyl Cleaner
1050244 02. SpotandstainremovalonclothFabricCleaner16
(0.473L) andfabric
1050427 23 oz. GlasscleaningandspotcleaningGlassCleaner
(0.680L) onvinyls
6 Ibs. 1050429
Multi-Purpose Cleansvinylandclothon door trim,
(2.72kg) Powder Cleaner seats,andcarpet-alsotiresand
mats
1050729 8 01. VinylTop Cleaning of vinyltops
I
(0.237L) Cleaner
1051055 16oz. Preservatone Vinyltopdressing
I
(0.473L)
1.051398 8 oz. SpotLifter Spotandstainremovaloncloth
(0.237L) andfabric
1052870 16 02. Wash-Wax Exterior wash
(conc.) (0.473L)
1050201 16 oz. MagicMirror Exterior cleaner and
(0.473L) Cleaner-Polish polish
TO077
6-53
Service & Amearance Cam
Vehicle ldentification Number (VIN]
1
f
KO641
This is thelegalidentifierforyourvehicle. It appears on aplate in thefront

corner of theinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside. You cansee it if you
look throughthewindshield from outsideyourvehicle.TheVINalsoappears
ontheVehicleCertificationandServicePartslabelsandthecertificatesof
titleandregistration.
Engine Identification
Theeighthcharacter in yourVIN is theenginecode for your 1993 GM
engine.Thiscodewillhelp you identifyyourengine,specifications,and
replacementparts inthissection.
6-54
4
4
CUI 7
4
I
P
I
5
>
PO172
6-55
Service Parts /dentification Label
You’llfindthislabelontheinsideoftheglovebox. It’s veryhelpful if you

everneed to orderparts. On thislabelis:
Your VIN.
Itsmodeldesignation.
Paintinformation.
A list of allproductionoptionsandspecialequipment.
Be surethatthislabel is not removedfromthevehicle.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
NOTICE I
Fuses and Circuit Breaksrs

The wiring circuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuitsby a
combinationoffuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinks in thewiring
itself. This greatlyreducesthechanceoffirescaused by electrical problems.
6-56
Headlights
Theheadlightwiring is protected by a circuit breaker in thelightswitch. An
electricaloverload will causethelights to go on and off, orinsomecases to
remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway.
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotorisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerandafuse. If
themotoroverheatsdue to heavysnow,etc.,thewiper will stopuntilthe
motorcools. If theoverloadiscausedbysomeelectricalproblemand not
snow,etc., be sure to get it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuitbreakers in thefusepanelprotectthepowerwindowsandotherpower
accessories.Whenthecurrentload is too heavy,thecircuitbreakeropens
andcloses,protectingthecircuituntil!theproblemisfixedorgoesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Theoptionalseven-wiretrailerwiringharness is protectedbyanin-linefuse
in thebatteryfeed wire. This fuse is nearthejunctionblock.See“Trailer
WiringHarness” in the “Features & Controls”section.
Fuse Block
..
n”
” .
\
KO631
The fuse block is in theinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside.

Removethecover with ascrewdriverandthenyoucanremovefuseswitha
fuseextractor.
6-57
Besure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhave a problemontheroadand
don’t have a spare fuse, you can“borrow”oneofthecorrectvalue. Just pick
somefeatureofyour vehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradioor
cigarettelighter-and useitsfuse, if it is ofthevalueyouneed.Replace it
as soon as you can. See“Fusesand CircuitBreakers” in this section.
Capacities and Specification Charts.
Replacement Parts
Replacementpartnumberslisted in thissectionarebasedonthelatest
informationavailableatthetime of printing,andaresubject to change. If a
partlisted in thismanualisnotthesameasthepartused in yourvehicle :
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour GM truck
dealer.
Engine Identification
I ENGINE DESCRIPTION I
I
duced
Fuel Engine VIN Liter
Displacement Type Code System BY Emission3
4.3L V6 z TBI* us.
4.3L V6 W CPI** U.S. L.D.
*ThrottleBody Fuel Injection
**CentralportFuelInjection
TO271
DESCRIPTION TORQUE ’
’ ’ Base or Optional
Wheel 95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nom) ’ . .
. .
. .
TU303. .
Coolhg System Capaclty

, . . .
ENGINE VIN CODE QUANTITY
4.3L z 1 2 1 ‘Quarts (11.5 titers)
“
4.3L W 12.1 Quarts (11.5 Liters)
*Allquantitiesareapproximate.
level the refill,*After MUST be checked. TO276
6-58
Crankcase Capacity
Fuel Tank Capacity
Lamp and Bulb Data

Lam And Bulb Data
Ash Trav Lamr, I 1 I 1 I 161
6-59
Service & Amearance Care
LampAndBulbData
Candle
Trade No.
Exterior Lamps Quantity Power
Heater2 & A/C Control .5 37
Compartment
LampPanelInstrument 1 1003 15
OverheadConsole:(UtilityModels)
DomeLamp 211-2
1 12
ReadingLamps 2 2 194
RearviewMirror Lamps 2 6 212-2
SunshadeVanityMirrorLamps 1 4 7065
UnderhoodLamp 93 1 15
InstrumentCluster Lamps
NOTE: A PC part numberindicatesthatthebulbandbaseareoneassembly
land must bereplaced as such.
I
PC74 .7
1 Indicator'
Warning
,
1Warning
Indicator'
(Utility
Brake
Antilock
1 Models)
Warning
Antilock
Brake
lndicato?
(Utility
Models)
SystemBrake
- 1 2 94 PC1
PC74
lndicato?
Warning
SystemBrake 1 2 PC1 94
or' Gages Check PC74
Indicator'
Lights
RunningDaytime 1 .7 PC74
lndicato?
Lights
RunningDaytime 1 2 PC1 94
Indicator' System Charging ' 1 .7 PC1 74
Beam High 1 .7 PC74
Beam High 1 2 PC1 94
Illumination'
ClusterInstrument 6 3 PC168
Malfunction
(Service
1Indicator
Engine
Lamp .7 PCt4
Soon)'
2 Malfunction
(Service
1Indicator
Engine
Lamp PC1 94
Soon)'
Indicator''2 Seat Belt 1 2 PC1 94
Indicator Shift (PRNDL)' 1 2 PC1 94
Band2 WarningTachometer 1 2 PC194
Signal Turn 2 .7 PC74
dicator' Upshift 1 .7 PC74
dicato? Upshift 1 2 I
PC1 94
'WithStandardInstrumentCluster'WithDigitalInstrumentCluster I
TO381
6-60
Service Replacement Part and Filter
Recommendations
I Engine I Oil I Air
Cleaner I PCV I Spark*, I Fuel IRadiator 1
,(ViN) FilterFilter Valve Plugs Cap Filter
4.3L (2) A773C
CV789C
PF51
,CR43TS
GF981
RC36
A1163C
CV892C
.CR43TS
GF481
RC36
I
*Usecopper-coredresistortypesparkplugs.
TO272 I
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity
TYPE SYSTEM QUANTITY*
C-60 R-12 2.50 Ibs. (1.134 kg)
*All QuantitiesAreApproximate
TO365
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity

Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. If the air conditioning
system in yourvehicleneedsrefrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerant is
used. If you'renotsure,askyour GM dealer.
6-61
. . ,
. . '
PO356
6-62
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Circuit
Name CircuitsProtected Fuse Breaker
Inst.Lps. InstrumentPanelLights,HeadlightWarning 5 Amp
Buzzer,RearDefoggerSwitchLight,Ash
TrayLight,FourWheelDriveIndicator
Light, RR WiperSWLamp,FogLamp
SwitchLight
Pwr.Accy. PowerDoorLocks,RearDefogger,CD 30 Amp
Player,ElectricShiftTransferCase,Power
Seat
Horn-DM Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight, 20 Amp
CourtesyLights,Clock,Lighter,Lighted
VanityMirror,FogLampRelay,Outside
RearviewMirror,LiftgateReleaseSolenoid
Ign.-Gages IndicatorLightsandGages,RearDefogger 20Amp
Relay,CruiseControl,FourWheelDrive
IndicatorLight,RearDefoggerTimer,Seat
Belt Timer,
Crank EngineControlModule 3 Amp
Stop-Haz. StopLights,HazardWarningLights,Chime 15 Amp
Module
TailLps LightSwitch,TailIParkLights,DigitalCluster, 20 Amp
LicenseLamp
Turn-BIU TurnSignals & BackupLights 15 Amp
HeaterIAK Heating and Air Conditioning 25 Amp
Radio Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMapLights, 15 Amp
RearWiper,RearWasher
ECMB EngineControlModule,FuelPump 15 Amp
ECM I EngineControlModule 10 Amp
Pwr.Wndw. Power Windows 30 Amp
Wiper WindshieldWipersandWashers 25 Amp
Brake FourWheelAntilockBrakeModule,Digital 15 Amp
RatioAdapterModule,Speedometer,Auto
TransmissionConverterClutch
DRL DaytimeRunningLightRelay(CanadaOnly) 10 Amp
Trailer" TrailerWiringHarness 30 Amp
CDPlayer** CDPlayer 10 Amp
TCCM Electric Shift Transfer Case Module 5 Amp
Aux. Pwr.** Aux.Pwr. Outlet 10 AmD
*In-line fuse
'*Fuse is attached to fuseblock. T027!
6-63
I
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Section
This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. Your vehicle
needstheseservices to retainitssafety,dependability,andemissioncontrol
7
performance.
A Word About Maintenance ................................................................................. 7-2
Your Vehicle and the Environment .....................................................,................ 7-2
Scheduled Maintenance Services .................................,......................................7-3 '
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule ................................................. 7-3

Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................7-5
Maintenance Schedule II ...............................................................................7-7
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ..........,................................7-8
Owner Checks and Services........... .................... ..................,....
I .......................7-11
At Least Once a Month .................................................................................. 7-11
At Least Once a Year................................................,.................................... 7-11
Periodic Maintenance Inspections...................................................................... 7-13
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ................................................................... 7-14
Maintenance Record ...........................................................................................7-16
iervice Station Checks.................................................,......................................
7-17
- . . . .. ___
Have you 1 rrchased the GM Protection Plan?

The
Plan
SUppletnentS your newvehiclewarranties.See your GM dealer
for details.
t0248
L 1
7-1
t
I

A Womi About Maintenance'
WeatGeneralMotorswanttohelpyoukeep.yourvehicleingoodworking
condition.Butwedon'tknowexactlyhowyou'lldriveit..Youmaydrivevery
shortdistancesonlyafewtimesaweek. Or youmaydrive long distancesall
thetime in veryhot,dustyweather. Youmay useyourvehicle in making
deliveries. Or youmaydrive it to work, to doerrands, or in many ,other ways.
Becauseofallthedifferentwayspeopleusetheir GM vehicles,,maintenance
needsvary.Youmayevenneedmorefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan
you will findintheschedules in thissection. So pleasereadthissectionand
note howyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhow to keepyourvehicle
in goodcondition,seeyour GM dealer,theplacemany GM ownerschoose
tohavetheirmaintenanceworkdone.Yourdealercanbereliedupon to use
properpartsandpractices.
Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle in good working
condition,but it alsohelpstheenvironment. All recommendedmaintenance
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremovalof
importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality of the airwebreathe.
Improperfluidlevels or eventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethelevel of
emissionsfromyourvehicle. To help protect our environment, and to help
keep your vehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. in

trying to do sgrne jobs, you can be seriously injured. Do your own .
maintenance work only if you have the required know-how and .the
'proper took and equipment for the job. If you have any doubt, have
a qualified technician do thework.
If youareskilledenoughto do somework on yourvehicle,you will probably
want to gettheserviceinformation GM publishes. You will find a list of
publicationsandhowtogetthem in Section 8, "CustomerAssistance
Information".See"ServicePublications" in theIndex.
TheMaintenanceRecordprovidesaplace for you to recordthemaintenance
performed on your vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be sure
to write it down in thissection.This will helpyoudeterminewhenyour next.
maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is a good idea to keepyour
maintenancereceipts.Theymaybeneeded to qualify your vehicle for
warrantyrepairs.
7-2
This part tells you the maintenanceservicesyoushouldhave done and when
you should schedulethem. Your GM dealerknowsyourvehiclebest and
wants you to be happywithit. If you go to yourdealerfor all yourservice
needs,you’llknowthatGM-trained and supportedservicepeoplewillperform
the work using genuineGMparts.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carrypassengersandcargowithin the recommendedlimits. You will find
theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Your
Vehicle” in theIndex.
aredriven on regularroadsurfaces,andwithin legal drivinglimits,as
described in Section 4, “Your Driving and the Road”.
aredriven off-road in the recommendedmanner.See “Off RoadDriving
With Your Four-wheel DriveVehicle” in theIndex.
usetheproperfuel.See“Fuel” in theIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule
Your drivingconditions and howyouuseyourvehicle will help you determine
whichschedule to use. The schedulesare found later in thissection.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is anyoneofthesetrueforyourvehicle?
Mosttripsare less than 4 miles (6 kilometers).
Mosttrips are less than 10 miles (16 kilometers) and the outside
temperatures are belowfreezing.
Theengine is atlowspeedmost of thetime(as in stop-and-go traffic,
door-to-door delivery,orothercommercialuses).
You operate in dustyareas or off-road frequently.
You towatrailer.
If anyone(ormore)oftheseistrueforyourdriving,followSchedule I. The
chartforSchedule I has plus signs (t),
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsare true. Thechart
for Schedule I1 has dots (.).
7-3
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICESFOR
TI ifServices”
yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance
inthis Section(orseeIndex),useMainten ice Scht
.-
Miles (000) 3 6 7.5 9 12
-
No. Kilometers
Service (000) 5 10 12.5 15 20
1 Engine Oil Change*
-Everv 3 Months, or
OilFilterChange*
ltItl t t
t t t t
- -Every3Months, or
2 ChassisLubrication-Every 12 Months, t t
or
+
ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L
3
- enginesonly)
4 CoolingSystemService*-Every 24
Months or
Air CleanerFilterReplacement* -
6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD t
Only)
- 7 TransmissionService**
~ -~
~~ . ~
- 8 FuelFilterReplacement*
9 Spark Plugs Replacement*
- 10 Spark Plug Wire Inspecticn*
11 Engine Timing Check*
Fuel Tank,CapandLinesInspection*
EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection*
Rotation
Wheel and Tire t
Service Axle Drive t t t t
-
t
-
t
BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*AnEmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
60
7-5
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
Engine Oil Change*

-Even, 12 Months,or
OilFilterChange*
-Everv12Months.or
ChassisLubrication-Every 12 Months,
or
Clutch Fork Ball StudLubrication(4.3L
I I
Months or
AirCleanerFilterReplacement*
FrontWheelBearingRepack (2WD
Only)
Transmission Service**
FuelFilterReplacement*
15
16 - -
FOOT’NOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex
TO287
7-6
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE II
-
33
55
II
J I I 1 I
THE SERVICES SHOWN ON THIS CHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARETO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.
TO288
7-7
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanationsoftheserviceslisted in themaintenancecharts.
Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelisted in thissection.Makesure
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese. All parts should be replaced and
all necessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1. ENGINEOILAND OIL FlLTERCHANGE* -ALWAYS USE SG OR
SGlCEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THE PROPER
VISCOSITY.Todeterminethepreferredviscosity oil foryourvehicle’s
engine(e.g. SAE 5W-30). See“EngineOil” in theIndex.
2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension, ball joint,
steering linkage, clutch, and transfer .case shift linkage, parking brake
cableguides,propshaftsplines,universaljoints,brakepedalsprings,and
clutch pedal springs at the intervals specified on the proper maintenance
schedule,orateveryengine oil change,whichevercomesfirst.On
vehicles without hydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery
30,000miles (50 000 km).
Balljointsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis 10°F
(-12%) orhigher. Whenthe weather iscold,letthemwarmupbefore
lubricating them or they could be damaged.
Also, besure to check all the vehicle fluid levels at this time.
3. CLUTCH FORKBALL STUDLUBRICATION (4.3L ENGINESONLY)
-Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthrobghthefittingontheclutch
housing.Lubricantmustbeadded“sparingly” to thefitting,asonly ,0066
Ib. (.003kg) is required to lubricatetheballstudsurface. Do notadd
lubricantmoreoftenthantheintervalsrecommended in theMaintenance
Schedules. Too muchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly.
4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* --Drain,flush andrefillthesystemwith
newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant” in theIndexforthepropercoolant
andmixture to use in yourvehicle.
Alsoinspectthehosesandreplacethem if theyarecracked,swollen, or
deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps.Cleantheoutsideoftheradiator
andairconditioningcondenser.Washtheradiatorneck. To ensureproper
operation,pressuretesttheradiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-8
5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* --Replaceatspecified
intervals. Ask your dealer for the proper replacement intervals for your
drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK(2-WHEELDRIVEONLY) -Clean
and repack the front wheel bearings at each.‘ brake relining, or at the
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:
Automatic Transmission -Change the transmission fluid and filter every
15,000 miles (25 000 km) if thevehicle is mainlydrivenunderoneor
more of these conditions:
In heavycitytraffic.
Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches 90°F (32°C)or
higher.
In hillyormountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice.
If the vehicle is not used mainly under any of these conditions, change
thefluidandfilterevery30,000miles (50 000 km).See“Automatic
TransmissionFluid” in theIndexformoreinformation.
ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT* --Replacethefuel,filteratthespecified
interval or sooner if clogged.
9. SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT* --Replacesparkplugswiththetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts” in theIndex.
10. SPARKPLUG WIRE INSPECTION* -Cleanwiresandinspectforburns,
cracksorotherdamage.Checkthewirebootfitatthedistributorandat
thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded.
11. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK* -Adjusttiming
to underhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutsideofthe
distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean
orreplaceasneeded.
12. FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION* --Inspect the fuel tank,
capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor
anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-9
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspectbelt.Look
forcracks,fraying,wear,andpropertension.Adjust or replaceas
needed.
14. TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION -For properwear
and maximum tire life, rotate tires at the first 6,000 miles (10 000
kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for
Schedule II andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter.
Followtheinstructionsandpatternsshown in Section 6. Checktires for
uneven wear or damage. If irregular or premature wear is apparent,
checkwheelalignment. Also, checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires” in
theIndexfor more information,
15. DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Checkreadfrontaxlefluidlevelandaddas
needed.Checkconstantvelocityjointsandaxlesealsforleaking.
Lockingdifferential -Drainfluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check
fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges.Industy
areas or trailer towing applications, drain fluid atevery 15,000 miles
(24 135 kilometers)and refill,t
Standarddifferential -Checkfluidlevelandaddasneededat
every oilchange. In dustyareas or trailertowingapplications,drain
fluidevery 15,000 miles (24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredforoff-roaduse.
16. BRAKE SYSTEMINSPECTION-Whentheengineoil is changed,
inspectthelinesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks,
chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthefluidlevel in
the mastercylinder. A low fluid level can indicate worn disc brake pads
which may need to be serviced.t
Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsfor
wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition. Also inspectdrumbrakelinings for
wearandcracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheel
cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,atthesametime.
Inspectbrakesmoreoften if drivinghabits or conditionsresult in
frequentbraking.
t A fluid loss in thesesystems may indicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-1 0
Owner Checks and Services
Listedbelowareownerchecksandserviceswhichwouldbemadeatthe
timeperiodspecifiedtohelpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and
dependability of your vehicle.
Besureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.Wheneveranyfluids
or lubricants are added to yourvehicle,makesuretheyaretheproperones,
asshown in thissection.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressure check -Check the tires for proper inflation. If they
arelow,inflatethemtothelevelspecifiedontheCertificationlabel.See
“Inflation-TirePressure’’ in theIndex.
At Least Once a Year
Key lock ‘cylinder lubrication -Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithoneofthe
lubricantsrecommended in thisSection.
Transmissionneutral or clutchstartswitchoperation -
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could movesuddenly. If
A it does, you or others coutd be injured. Follow the steps below.
~~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~
1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle.
2. Firmlyapplyboththemanualparkingbrake.andtheregularbrake.See
“Brakes”and“ParkingBrake” in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator
pedal.
3. Bereadytoturn off theengineimmediately if it starts.
4. On automatictransmissionvehicles,try to starttheengine in eachgear.
Thestartershouldworkonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever in N (Neutral),push
the clutch down halfway, and try to start the engine. The starter should
workonlywhentheclutchispusheddownallthewaytothefloor.
7-1 1
Schedded Maintenance Services
Steeringcolumnlockoperation -Whileparked, try to turnthekeyto Lock
in eachgearshiftposition.
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturnto LOCK onlywhen
thegearshiftisin P (Park).
Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturnto LOCK onlywhenyou'rein R
(Reverse).
On vehicleswithakeyreleaselever, try to turn the keyto LOCK without
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto LOCK onlywiththekeylever
depressed.
Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonlyin LOCK.
Parkingbrakeandtransmission P (Park)mechanismoperation -
I CAUTION I
A When you are doing this check, your vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is mom in front of your vehicle in case you begin
to ruli. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the
vehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
To checktheparkingbrake: With theenginerunningandthe
transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
brakepedal. Do thisuntilthevehicleisheldbytheparkingbrakeonly.
To checkthe P (Park)mechanism'sholdingability:Applytheregular
brakeandshiftto P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then
"I
slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation -Inspectbeltsystem,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Haveabeltassemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
BodyLubricationService -Lubricate all bodydoorhingesincludingthe
tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier (if
equipped),lubricatethebodyhood,fuel door andrearcompartmenthinges,
latches and locks including interior glove box and console doors, and any
movingseathardware.Lubricatethe hood safetyleverpivotandproprod
pivot.Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed to a corrosive
environment.
7-1 2
Periodic Maintenance Inspections .i
Listedbelowareinspectionsandserviceswhichshouldbeperformedatleast
twiceayear(forinstance,eachspringandfall).Youshouldletyour GM
dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompleted at once.
SteeringandSuspensionlnspectiont --Inspectfrontandrearsuspension
andsteeringsystem for damaged,loose or missingparts,signs ofwear or
lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up,
binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc.(Onvehiclesequippedwithmanual
steeringgear,checkforsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricate all pivot points with engine oil,
exceptthe TBI throttleshaft. Do notlubricatethecampulley.Removeall
externaldepositsfrompulley. Do notoilanyaccelerator or cruisecontrol
cables.Replaceanycablesthathavehigheffort or excessivewear.
ExhaustSystemInspection --Inspectthecompletesystem.Inspectthebody
neartheexhaustsystem.Lookforbroken,damaged,missingor
out-of-position parts, as well as open seams,holes,looseconnections or
other conditions which could cause a heat buildup in the floor pan or could
letexhaustfumesseepintothepassengercompartments.See“Engine
Exhaust”intheIndex.
DriveAxleService -Check rearlfront axle fluid level and add as needed.
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals f0.r leaking.
TransferCase(four-wheeldrive)lnspectiont -Every 12 months or at oil
changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricantwhen
necessary. Oil the control lever pivot point and all exposed control linkage.
Checkventhoseattransfercaseforkinksandproperinstallation.More
frequentlubricationmayberequiredonoff-roaduse.
t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepaired at once.
7-1 3
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants .
NOTE: Fluids andlubricantsidentified below byname,partnumber or

specificationmaybeobtainedfromyour GM Dealer.
USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT
Engine Oil Goodwrench
GM Motor Oil or equivalent
Service
API
for SG
orSGICC, SGKD, SF, SG orCC of therecommended
viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)
Engine
Coolant
Mixture of good
water
quality
and
a ethylene
glycol
base
antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPart No. 1052103).
Hydraulic
Clutch
SystemHydraulic
Clutch
Fluid
(GMPartNo.
12345347 or equivalent).
Hydraulic
Brake
Systems Delco
Supreme 11
brake
fluid
(GMPart
No.
1052535or
DOT-3).
ParkingBrakeCables Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGl Grade 2,
r
CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
Power Steering System GMPowerSteering Fluid (GMPartNo.1050017)or
equivalent conforming to GMspec9985010.
ManualSteeringGear GM Lubricant(GMPartNo.1052182)orequivalent.
Automatic
Transmission DEXRONBIIE Automatic Transmission Fluid
(GMPart No.
1051855).
ManualTransmission:
5-Speed (RPO ML3 and
a. a. DEXRON@IIE Automatic
Transmission Fluid (GM Pari I
MW1) 855). No. 1051
5-Speed
b. (RPO MY2) b. Synchromesh Transmission
Fluid
(GM
Part No.
~~
1 23453491,
Differential:
a.Standard - Frontand a.SAE-80W-90GL-5gearlubricant(GMPart No.
1). Axle Rear
b. Locking b.SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPart No. 1052271).
Transfer Case DEXRON@IIEAutomaticTransmission Fluid (GMPart No.
r
1051855).
Column Shift, TransferCaseChassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGl Grade 2,
Shift Lever,PropellerShaftSlipCatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
Splines and Universal Joints.
ClutchLinkage.Pushrod to Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGl Grade 2,
clutch fork joint. CatagoryLBorGC-LB (GM Part No. 1052497).
(Continuednextpage)
TO289
7-1 4
(Cont’d.)
I USAGE I FLUID/LUBRICANf
I Clutch Fork Ball Stud Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
Hood Latch Assembly
a.Pivotsandspringanchor a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b.ReleasePawl b.Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of GM-6031-M
(GMPartNo.1052497).
I Front Wheel Bearings Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements
2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GM
of NLGI Grade
Part No. 1051344).
I Constant Velocity Universal Joint Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
AutomaticTransmissionShift Engine oil
Linkage,FloorShiftLinkage,
HoodandDoorHinges,Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge
andLinkage,FoldingSeat,Fuel
DoorHinge
I Key Lock Cylinders
I GM Multi-Purposelubricant(GMPart No. 12345120)ora
syntheticlightweightengine oil (SAE5W-30).
I Chassis Lubrication
I Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGIGrade2,
CataaorvLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. 10524971.
I Windshield Washer Solvent and

Anti-freeze I GM Optikleenh washersolvent(GMPart
eauivalent.
No. 1051515)or
-
IWeatherstrip ISiliconegrease(GMPartNo.1052863)orequivalent.
TailgateMountedSpareTire Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements of GMPart No.
Carrier 123451 20.
(If Equipped)
OuterTailgateHandlePivot
Points
GasLineDe-lcer(GMPartNo.10515161.
IWeather
Strips ISpray-A-Squeek(GMPart No. 1052277).
T029(
7-1 5
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServices is performed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed (list itemnumbers)and
whoperformed-theservicesin t h i appropriatecolumn. in addition,retain-
copies of yourreceipts. It issuggestedthatreceipts be keptwith your
Owner’sManual.
Date Odometer Maintenance
Performed
Serviced By
- ~~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~

TO260
7-1 6
Service Station Checks
It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these
under-hoodchecksateachfuel fill.
Checktheengineoillevelandadd if necessary.
Checktheenginecoolantlevelandadd if necessary.
Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd if necessary.
See the Index under these items for information on how to checkthem.
7-7 7
See Page 6-@
1L
7-1 8
Customer Assistance Information
Here youwillfind out how to contact GMC Truckifyou need assistance.

Thissectionalsotellsyouhow to obtainservicepublicationsandhow to
reportanysafetydefects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure.........................................................................8-2
Customer Assistance for HearingKpeech Impaired ........................................... 8-3
GM ParticipationinBetterBusinessBureauMediationlArbitrationProgram ....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................................................................... 8-4
Roadside Assistance..,.......................................................................................... 8-5
Service Publications..............................,,.....................................,...................,....8-6
8-1
Customer Assistance.Mornration
Customer Satisfaction Pmcedura
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important' to your dealer and GMC Truck.
Normally,anyconcernswiththesalestransaction or the operation of your
vehicle will beresolvedby your dealer'sSales or ServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentionsof all concerned,
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcerntiasnotbeenresolved to your
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshouldbetaken:
STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolved at thatlevel. If the
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service, or PartsManager,
contacttheownerofthedealership or theGeneralManager.
STEPTWO -If aftercontactingamemberofDealershipManagement, it
appearsyourconcerncannotberesolvedbythedealershipwithoutfurther
help,contacttheGMCTruckConsumerRelationsManagerbycalling
1-800-GMC-TRUCK(1-800-462-8782). InCanada,contactthe GM ofCanada
CustomerAssistanceCenter in Oshawabycalling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
. 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In Mexico, call (525)254-3777. InPuertoRico or US. VirginIslands,call
1-809-763-1315. In allotheroverseaslocations,contact GM International
Export Sales in Canada by calling 1-41 6-644-41 12.
For promptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable to give
the
Customer
AssistanceRepresentative: b
Yourname,address,telephonenumber
VehicleIdentificationNumber(Thisisavailablefromthevehicle
registration or title, or the plate attached to the left top oftheinstrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield).
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Nature of concern
We encourageyou to call the toll-free number listed previously in order to
giveyourinquirypromptattention.Informationonofficesoutsidethe U. S.
whichcanassistyoucanalsobefound in theWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
If you need to contactusinwriting,pleasecontactConsumerRelationsby
writing: ,,GMC Truck, 31 E. JudsonStreet 1607-07, Pontiac,Michigan
48342-2230.
8-2
When contacting GMCTruck,pleaserememberthatyourconcern will likely
beresolved in thedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand
personnel.ThatiswhywesuggestyoufollowStepOnefirst if youhavea
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired (TOO]
To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,GMCTruckhasinstalled
specialTDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment at its
CustomerAssistanceCenter.Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwho
hasaccess to aTDDorconventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicate
withGMCTruckbydialing:
In the United States ..................................................................... 1-800-GMC-TKTD
In Canada ......................................................................................... 1-800-263-3830.
GM Participation in Better Business
Bumau Mediation/Arbitration Program"
*Thisprogrammaynotbeavailableinallstates,dependingonstatelaw.
Canadianownersrefer to yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
booklet.
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations andlor to
discontinue its participationinthisprogram.
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
describedearlierinthissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving
customersatisfaction.However, if youhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied,
GMCTruckwants you to be aware ofGM'svoluntaryparticipationina
no-chargemediationlarbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram
is administeredbytheCouncilofBetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involving vehicle repairs and the interpretation ofyourNewVehicleLimited
Warranty.
We prefer that you not resort to BBBAUTOLINEuntilafterafinal.decision
is madeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmayfilea
claimatanytimebycontactingyourlocalBetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at
the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-51 00. For further information about
filingaclaim,youmayalsowrite to: BBBAUTOLINE,CouncilofBetter
BusinessBureaus, 4200 WilsonBoulevard,Suite 800, Arlington,Virginia
22203.
8-3
In order to fileaclaim,youwillhavetoprovideyournameandaddress,the
vehicle identification number (VIN) ofyourvehicle; andastatementofthe
nature ofyourcomplaint.BBBstaffmay try tohelpresolveyourdispute
throughmediation. If mediationisnotsuccessful,or if youdonotwishto
participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircasetoan
impartial third-party arbitrator at an informal hearing. The arbitrator will render
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject. If youaccepta
validarbitratordecision,GM will beboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute
settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout 40 daysfromthetimeyoufile
yourcomplainttothetimeadecisionisrendered(or 47 days if youdidnot
first contact your dealer,or GMC Truck),
Weencourageyoutousethisprogrambefore or instead of resorting to the
courts.Webelieve it offersadvantagesovercourts in most jurisdictions
because it isfast,free of charge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense if youchoose).
Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbasedontheprincipals of fairnessandequity, anc
arenotrequiredtoduplicatethefunctionsofcourtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
or federallaw. If youwishtogo to court,however,we do notrequirethat
youfirstfileaclaimwithBBBAUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat if youare
unhappywiththeresultsofBBBAUTO LINE, youcanstill go tocourt
becauseanarbitrator'sdecisionisbindingon GM butnotonyou,unlessyou
accept it.
Eligibility is limited by vehicleagelmlleageandotherfactors.Forfurther
informationconcerning theprogram,calltheBBBat 1-800-955-5100. Youmay
also call, GMC Truck's CustomerRelationsManager.
*Somestatesmayrequirethatyou file aclaimwithBBBAUTO LINE before
resorting to state-operated procedures (including court).
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
, If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrashor
couldcauseinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA), in additiontonotifyingGeneral
Motors.
If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation,and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recall
andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved in individual
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer, or GeneralMotors.
8-4
To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
1-800-424-9393(or366-0123 in theWashington,D.C.area)orwrite to:
NHTSA, U.S. DepartmentofTransportation,Washington,D.C.20590.Youcan
also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If youlive in Canada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect,
youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada,inaddition to notifying
GeneralMotors ofCanadaLimited.Youmaywrite to: TransportCanada at,
Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
InadditiontonotifyingNHTSA(orTransportCanada)inasituationlikethis,
we certainlyhopeyou'llnotifyus.Pleasecallusat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
(1-800-462-8782),orwrite:GMCTruck,ConsumerRelations,31 E. Judson
Street1607-07,Pontiac,Michigan48342-2230. In Canada,please call usat
1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854(French).Or,write:General
MotorsofCanadaLimited,CustomerAssistanceCenter, 1908 ColonelSam
Drive,Oshawa,OntarioL1H8P7.
Roadside Assistance
GMCTruck'sRoadsideAssistanceprovidesstrandedownerswith
over-the-phone roadside repairs or towing service for disabled vehicles. This
service combines the efforts of technically trained telephone representatives
withanetworkofGMCTruck'sdealerservices.
JustdialGMCTruckRoadsideAssistanceat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
(1-800-462-8782) to reachaqualifiedrepresentativewhocanassistyou in
repair or arrangeatow.Otherrecommendedsetvicescanalsobearranged
forsituationssuchasretrievinglocked-inkeys,changingatire,ordelivering
gasoline, at a charge to theowner.Wealsoprovidedealerinformationatno
charge such as location of thenearestGMCTruckdealerandtheirhours of
operation.
RoadsideAssistance is available24hoursaday,sevendaysaweek,365
daysayear,includingweekendsandholidays.Shouldyouhaveany
questionsaboutRoadsideassistance,calltheGMCTruckRoadside
Assistance Center or Contact your dealer.
In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.
8-5
Customer Assistance hforrnation
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand
Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonly in thefifty US. states(andthe
DistrictofColumbia)andonlyfortighttruckswithGVWR less than10,000
pounds(4536kg).
In Canada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
canbeobtainedbywriting to: GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service
PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSamDr.,Oshawa,Ontario LIH 8P7.
GMCTruckregularlysends itsdealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutGMC
Truckproducts.GMCTruckmonitorsproductperformance in thefield. We
thenpreparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter, Now, youcanget
these bulietins too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to theproperuseandcareof
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
repairs.Somebulletins tellatechnicianhow to repairaneworunexpected
condition. Others describe a quicker way to fix your vehicle. They can help a
technician service your vehicle better.
Most bulletinsapply to conditionsaffectingasmallnumberoftrucks.Your
GMC Truckdealeror a qualifiedtechnicianmayhave to determine if a
specific bulletin applies to your vehicle.
Youcansubscribe to all GMCTruckbulletins.Thiswayyou’llgetthemas
theycomeout.Youcanwait a whileandgetanindex to thebulletins. You
canalsogetindividualbulletins.However,you’llneedtheindex to identify
them.
Subscriptions
You cansubscribe to all GMCTruckProductServicePublications (PSP’s).
This wil includebulletinsforalllighttrucks(lessthan10,000Ibs.[4536kg]
GVWR)soldbyGMCTruckand wil not be limited to PSP’s applicable to any
particularmodel.Whenyoubuyasubscription,you will receivethePSP’sin
periodicmailings,shortlyafter‘theycomeout. A subscription costs U.S.
$75.00 ($85.00 includingaspecialbinder)anditentitlesyou to all PSP’s
publishedby GMC Truckduringthemodelyear.Youcanpurchasea
subscription by sending a check or money order to GMC Truck Service
Publications,PostOfficeBox436006,Pontiac,Michigan48343alongwiththe
orderformlocatedattheendofthissection.Youmaygetadditional
subscription ordering forms by calling the toll-free number shown in this
section,oryoucanfindthematparticipatingdealerships.
8-6
Individual PSP’S
If youdon’twant to buy all the PSPs issuedbyGMCTruckfor all models in
themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,suchasthosewhichmay
pertain to aparticularmodel. To dothis,you will firstneed to seeourindex
ofPSP’s. It providesavarietyofinformation.Here’swhatyou’llfind in the
indexandhowyoucangetone:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
A list of all PSP’spublishedbyGMCTruckinamodelyear (1989 or
later). PSPs coveringallmodelsofGMCTrucklighttrucks(lessthan
10,000 pounds [4536 kg] GVWR)are listed in thesameindex.
Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant.
PriceinformationforthePSP’syoumaywant to buy.
How You Can Gef an Index:
Indexesarepublishedperiodically.MostofthePSP’swhichcouldpotentially
apply to themostrecentGMCTruckmodels wil be listed in themostrecent !
publicationforthatmodelyear.Thismeansyoumaywant to wait until the

end of themodelyearbeforeorderinganindex,ifyouareinterested in
buying PSP’s pertaining to a currentmodelyeartruck.
Some PSPs pertaining to a particular model year vehicle may be published in
lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted in thelateryear’sindex.Whenyou
orderanindexfor a modelyearthat isnotoveryet,we’llsendyouthe most
recently published issue. Check the ordering form for indexes for earlier model
years.
Cutouttheorderingform, fill it out,andmail it in. We will thensee to it that
an index is mailed to you. There is no charge for indexes for the 1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just
call toll-free and we’ll be happy to sendyouone.Automatedrecording
equipment will takeyournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber to call is
1-800-551-41 23.
Copies at Participating Dealers
Copies of indexesandindividual PSP’s areatyourparticipatingGMCTruck
dealer.You canask to seethem.
A VERY IMPORTANTREMINDER: ThesePSP’saremeantfortechnicians.
Theyarenotmeantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment,
tools, safetyinstructions,andknow-how to doa job quicklyandsafely.
GMCTruckreservestheright to chanaetheseprocedureswithoutnoticeafter
November, 1992.
GMC Truck Service Publications
You can get theseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderform ar
theend of thissection.YoucanalsogetServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
8-0
1993 SERVICE.PUBLICATIONS
ORDERING INFORMATION
I : You can get manuals that tell how to operate and service your vehicle
To order them, fill out the order form on the next page and send it to
the address below.
GMC Truck Service Publications I
Post Office Box 436006
Pontiac, MI 48343
If you have questions or would like to order using your credit card,
call us TOLL FREE at 1-80U-627-5699.
From outside the Continental United States, please call 1-313-455-801c
GLOVE BOX LITERATURE FOR YOUR JIMMY
1 Manual Form Number Price
Owner's Manual X-931 1 $5.50
j Warranty Manual X-9317 $2.00
Vehicfe Storage Manual x-0101 -
You can also order the Glove BoxLiterature in a vinyl portfolio whicv
includes all of these publications. Ask for formnumber 15689273-ii
costs $14.00.
SERVICE MANUALS FOR ALL LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS
*Includes Fuel and Emissions Manual X-9336
Model Number Form Price*
~ 1993 CtK Models X-9331 $62.00
1993 G Van x-9357 $70.00
1993 P3'& P/G Models X-9332 $64.00
1993Safari x-9330 $62.00
1993 SIT Models X-9329 $61.OO
There are other servicemanuals you can buy that coverthe eiectricaj
systems andunit repair. Call us to get a catalogue listing of all thestl
manuals.
PRODUCT' SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
Description Form Number Price
: 1990 Model Year index PSP I 90 Free
i 1991 Model Year Index PSP 1 91 Free
1992 Model Year Index PSP I 92 Free
1993 ModelIndex
Year PSP I 93 Free
1903 Model Year Product Service
Publication Subscription PSP 93 $75.00
9 Above Subscription With Binder PSP 93B $85.00
Binder Only PSP B $1 5.00
Prices subject to change without notice.
m
.. CI
szg
I: 13
CI
[:::I
Q
u,
>
..I
' ...,
. .: . :
e.
. .
i '
INDEX
Section
A Axle
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2.58 Front........................................... 6-22
Air Cleaner ..................................... 6-14 Rear ........................................... 6-21
Air Conditioning ...................3-6, 6-35 Rear Locking ............................2-24
Fan Lever ..................................... 3-6
Function Lever ............................ 3-6 B
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-61 Battery ........................................... 6-31
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6 Belts (See“SafetyBelts”)
Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26 BetterBusinessBureau
AntilockBrakes(See“Brakes”) Mediation..................................... 8-3
Appearance Care .......................... 6-47 Blizzard .......................................... 4-52
Materials .................................... 6-53 Brakes
Arbitration Program ........................ 8-3 Adjustment................................. 4-17
Audio . Systems ............................... 3-8 Antilock ...................................... 4-14
AM Radio................................... 3-10 Antilock Warning Light ............2-75
AM-FMStereoAudioCompact Fluid .................................6.29. 6-30
Disc (CD) System .................3-21 Four-wheel Antilock .................4-15
AM-FMStereo Leak Check ............................... 6-30
Audio System ........................ 3-12 Master Cylinder ........................6-29
AM-FMStereoAudioSystem Parking....................................... 2-25
with Cassette Deck ..............3-14 Pedal Travel ..............................4-17
AM-FM StereoAudioSystem Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-17
withCassetteDeckand Replacing Parts ........................ 6-30
Equalizer................................. 3-1 7 System Warning Light .2-61, 4-1 6
Anti-TheftFeature Trailer .........................................4-58
(CD System) ..........................3-24 Wear Indicators ........................4-16
Cassette Tape Player Care ......3-20 Braking .......................................... 4-12
Compact Disc Care ..................3-26 In Emergencies ........................ 4-17
Automatic Transmission ...............2-20 Break-In, New Vehicle ................2-14
Fluid............................................
6-16 Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-31
Replacement Chart ..................6-59
9-1
C D
CapacitiesandSpecification DaytimeRunningLights
Charts .........................................6-58 (Canada Only) .......................... 2-58
Carbon Monoxide ....2-8, 2-30, 2-31, Indicator Light ...............2.52. 2-8q
4-52,4-59 Dome Lights .................................2-54!
Cargo Cover .................................. 2-64 Doors ...............................................2.5
CassetteTapePlayer Locks............................................. 2-61
(See“AudioSystems”) Driving
Catalytic Converter ......................6-37 Across an Incline...........4-31. 4-321
CertificationlTire Label.................6-37 After Off-Road Driving ............4-34
Changing a Flat Tire .........5-1 6, 5-22 At Night .....................................4-341
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-53 Backing Up ...............................4-591
Defensive..................................... 4-8
ChildRestraints(See“SafetyBelts”)
Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-59
CircuitBreakers(See“Fuses”)
Downhill .....................................
Freeway .....................................4-411
i
4-29
Cleaning Guidelines ..................................4-231

Finish Care ................................6-51 Highway Hypnosis ...................4-44!
Glass ..........................................6-50 Hydroplaning ............................. 4-37’.
Inside of Vehicle .......................6-48 In Blizzard .................................4-52;
Instrument Panel, Top .............6-50 In City ....................................... 4-40
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-51 In Fog, Mist andHaze.4-38,4-39
Special Problems ......................6-49 In Ice,
Sand,
Mud, j1
Vinyl or Leather ........................ 6-50 Or Snow .....................4-32 , 5-30;
Wheels and Tires .....................6-52 In Rain ............................ 4-36, 4-38‘
Windshield ................................6-51 In Water ....................................4-331
Clock ...3-11, 3-13, 3-15, 3-18. 3-22 Long Distance ..........................4-43‘
Comfort Controls ............................ 3-3 Loss of Control ........................ 4-22 ~
Convenience Net ..........................2-63 Night Vision.............................. 4-35 1

Coolant(See“Engine”) Off-Roading..................... 4-19, 4-231
Cooling System Capacity ............6-58 On Curves ................................. 4-17
Crankcase Capacity......................6-59 On Grades ................................. 4-60;
Cruise Control ............................... 2-45 On Hill and Mountain Roads .4-451
Increase Speed .........................2-47 On Off-Road Hills ....................4-26
On Hills ...................................... 2-49 On Snow or Ice....................... 4-50
Passing......................................2-49. Passing............................4-20, 4-59
Reduce Speed .......................... 2-48 Skidding..................................... 4-22,
Resume .....................................2-47 Stuck in Deep Snow .....4.53, 5-30
Set .............................................. 2-46 Through Water ..............2-18, 4-33
To Get Out Of .......................... 2-49 Uphill.......................................... 4-27
Customer Assistance for the Winter ........................................ 4-50 ~
Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3 With a Trailer ............................ 4-58

Customer Satisfaction Procedure ..8-2 Drunken Driving .............................4-9
9-2
Fog Lamps.................................... 2-51
Electrical System
E
Four-wheel Drive ...............2-31 6-21
Transfer Case ......2.32.2.33.
. 6-21
Accessory Power Outlet ..........2-58
Add-on Equipment ...................6-56 Front Axle .................................6-22
Engine Fuel..................................................6-4
Adding Coolant ..............5-12. 6-25 Filling Your Tank .........................6-6
Air Cleaner ................................6.14 Foreign Countries .......................6-6
Block Heater ..........2.18.3.7. 6-13 Gage .......................................... 2-82
Coolant ............................6.23, 6-58 Gasolines for Cleaner Air ......... 6-5
Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-76 Tank Capacity ...........................6-59
Crankcase ..................................6-59 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ........ 6-56
Exhaust .....................................2-30 Fuse Block ................................6-57
Fan Noise .................................. 5-15 Headlights ...................... 6-57, 6-63
Identification ...................6.54. 6-58 Power Windows and Other
Oil (See “Oil”) Power Options ...........6-57, 6-63
Overheating .................................5-9 Trailer Wiring Harness ...6-57, 6-63
Running While Parked .............2-30 Windshield Wipers ........6-57, 6-63
Starting ......................................2-16
Equipment. Add-on ...................... 6-40
G
Exhaust System ...........................6-37 Gages ............................................
2-71
Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-76
F Fuel Gage .................................. 2-82
Fan Noise ...................................... 5-15 Odometer................................... 2-71
Filter Replacement Chart ............6-61 Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-78
Finish Speedometer .............................2-71
Care ............................................
6-51 Tachometer ................................2-73
Damage .....................................6-52 Trip Odometer ........................... 2-72
Fluid Voltmeter ...................................2-83
Automatic Transmission ...........6-16
Brake ..........................................
6-29
‘
H
Capacities ....................... 6.58. 6-61 Halogen Bulbs .............................. 6-31
Coolant Recovery .....................5-12 Hazard Warning Flashers ..............5-2
Front Axle .................................. 6-22 Head Restraints ............................. 1-9
Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-20 Headlights ..................................... 6-32
Leak Check ................................6-30 High Beam Indicator Light .....2-81
Manual Transmission ................6-19 High-Low Beam .............2-40, 4-35
Power Steering ......................... 6-27 Reminder ...................................2-53
Radiator...................................... 5-13 Heating System (without A/C) .....3-5
Rear Axle ...................................6-21 Fan Lever .................................... 3-5
Recommended Fluids ..............7-14 Function Lever ............................ 3-5
Transfer Case ............................6-21 Rear Window Defogger .............3-7
Windshield Washer ...................6-28 Temperature Lever ...................... 3-5
Highway Hypnosis ....................... 4-44
9-3
INDEX
P
Hitches........................................... 4-57 Operation ................................... 2-40
Hood Overhead Console Reading ....2-54
Checking Under ..........................6-7 Service Engine Soon .....2.77.6-37
Latches and Hinge ...................6-36 Rear ........................................... 6-33
Release ........................................ 6-8 Replacement Chart ..................6-591
Horn ...............................................
2.37 Loading Information ..........4-24,6-37
Hydraulic Clutch........................... 6-20 Loading Your Vehicle ........4-24, 6-37
Grease Fitting............................ 6-34 Lubrication..................................... 6-35
Hydroplaning .................................4-37 Accelerator Control System ....6-35
Body...........................................6-36
I Front Axle ................................. 6-22
If You’reStuck In Sand.Mud. FrontSuspensionand
Ice or Snow .............................. 5-30 Steering Linkage...................6-:
Ignition Switch.............................. 2-1 5 FrontWheelBearings
Inflation-TirePressure .................6-41 (Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34
Instrument Panel ...............2.67. 2-71 Tailgate Handle .........................6-361
Digital Cluster ................2.70. 2-71 Hydraulic Clutch
Standard Cluster ............ 2.68. 2-69 Grease Fitting .......................6-34 j
Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36
J Lock Cylinders ..........................6-36
Jack Storage ......................5.19. 5-28 PropellerShaft Slip
Jump Starting ................................. 5-3 Splines/Universal Joints.......6-36
K Rear Axle .................................. 6-21
Key Release Lever .......................2-16 Recommended Lubricants ......7-14
Keyless Entry System .................2-10 Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
Battery Replacement................2-12 Luggage Carrier ...........................2-84 .
Matching Transmitter ...............2-12 M
Keys ................................................. 2-3 Maintenance
L Other Items ...............................6-34
Periodic Inspections ...............-7-13 1
Lights ............................................2-50
Brake System Warning ............4-16 Record ....................................... 7-16 1
Bulb Replacement ....................6-31 Scheduled Maintenance ............7 - 3 ~
Charging System Light ............2-79 Underbody .................................6-52
Check Gages Light ...................2-79 When Towing a Trailer ............4-61
Dome ..........................................2-54 MasterCylinder(See“Brakes”)
Fog Lamps................................. 2-51 Mirrors ...........................................2-55
Front ParkingRurn Signal ........6-32 Outside
Convex ........................ 2-56 11
Inside ......................................... 2-55
Headlights(See“Headlights”)
Indicator .......................... 2.73, 2-79 Outside ......................................2-56
Malfunction Indicator ....2.77, 6-37 Vanity ......................................... 2-57
Model Reference ............................... iii
9-4
0 Road Signs ..................................... 4-2
3dometer ....................................... 2-71 Roadside Assistance .....................8-5
Iff-Road Driving (See “Driving”) Rocking Your Vehicle .................. 5-30
3il ..................................................... 6-9 S
Additives ...................................6-13
Disposal of Used......................6-14 Safety Belts .................................. 1-10
Pressure Gage .......................... 2-78 Center Passenger Position ......1-24
To Check ................................... 6-10 Cleaning..................................... 6-50
What Kind to Use ....................6-1 1 Checking Restraint System .... 1-43
When to Add ............................6-10 Child Restraints ........................ 1-30
When to Change ...................... 6-13 Children...................................... 1-28
3wner Checks and Services ......7-11 Driver Position ..........................1-16
Small Children and Babies ..... 1-29
P Extender .................................... 1-43
Parking Lap Shoulder ............................1-17
On Hills ...........................4.47. 4-60 Larger Children ......................... 1-40
Over Things That Burn............2-29 Proper Wear ............................. 1-16
TorqueLock (Automatic Questions and Answers .......... 1-14
Transmission) ............. 2.26. 4-49 Rear Seat ..................................1-25
Your Vehicle Reminder Light.........................1-15
(Manual Transmission) .......2-28 Replacing After a Crash .........1-43
Parking Brake ...............................2-25 Right Front Position................. 1-23
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20, 4-59 Use During Pregnancy ............1-22
Pavement Markings ........................4-7 Why They Work ....................... 1-11
Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39 Safety Chains ............................... 4-58
PeriodicMaintenance Safety Warnings and Symbols ....0-2
Inspections ................................ 7-13 ScheduledMaintenanceServices 7-3
Power Seats
Door Locks ..................................2-7 Controls .......................................1-2
Steering ......................................
4-17 Easy Entry Seat .........................1-7
Steering Fluid ............................6-27 Manual Front .............................. 1-2
Winches .................................... 4-62 Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4
Product Service Publications ........8-6 Power Driver’s ............................ 1-5
Order Form ................................8-11 Power Lumbar Adjustment ....... 1-5
Rear Folding ............................... 1-8
R Reclining ...................................... 1-3
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26 Seatback Latches ....................... 1-6
Radio (See “Audio Systems”) Service
Rear Window Defogger .................3-7 Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3
Recommended Fluids Parts Identification Label ........ 6-56
And Lubricants.......................... 7-14 Publications ......................... 8-6,8-8
Recovery Hooks ........................... 5-31 ReplacementParts and
Replacement Parts ....................... 6-58 Filter Recommendations ......6-61
Reporting Safety Defects ..............8-4 Service Engine Soon Light ........ 2-77
9-5
Service Station Checks ...............7-17 Torque Lock ..................................4-49
Shift Indicator Light ..........2.23. 2-81 Towing A Trailer ............................ 4-55
Shifting Into Park ......................... 2-26 Following Distance ...................4-59
Single Belt Accessory Drive .......6-34 Hitches....................................... 4-57
Sliding Rear Quarter Window ....2-36 Maintenance..............................4-61
Spare Tire .....................................5-20 RecreationalVehicle ................4-54
Removal ..................................... 5.2 1 Towing Your Vehicle ............4-54, 5-7
Storage....................................... 5-28 Traffic Lights ...................................4-6
Tailgate-Mounted Carrier ..........2-10 Trailer
Specification Charts .....................6-58 Brakes ........................................ 4-58
Speedometer ................................. 2-71 Wiring Harness ...2.86, 6.57, 6-63
Starting Your Engine ...................2-16 Trailering Package ........................ 6-39
Steering ......................................... 4-17 Transfer Case ............................... 6-21
In Emergencies......................... 4-18 Electronic................................... 2-33
Tips.............................................4-17 Manual ....................................... 2-32
Storage Compartments................2-60 Transmission
Garage Door Opener ................2-65 Automatic .................................. 2.20
Sun Visors ....................................2-57 Five-Speed Manual ..................2-22
Fluid .................................6.16, 6-19
T Fluid, To Add ..................6-18, 6-20
Tachometer .................................... 2-73 Four-wheel
Tailgate ................;............................2-8 (See“Four-WheelDrive”)
Electric Glass Release ...............2-9 Manual-Shift Speeds ...............2-24
Mounted Spare Tire Carrier.. ..2-10 Shift Light .................................
Theft ...............................................
Thermostat ................................... 6-26
Tilt Wheel......................................2-37
2-13 TorqueLock(Automatic
Transmission)..............2.26, 2-234-49
Trip Odometer ..............................2-72
I
Tires ............................................... 6-40 Turn SignallMultifunction Lever ...2-38
Balancing...................................6-45
Chains ........................................6-46 V
Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-22 Vehicle
Flat.............................................. 5-15 DamageWarnings .....................0-3
Hub Capsand Identification Number ... 6.54. 6-55
WheelNutCaps ...................5-23 Loading ...........................4.24. 6-37
Inspection and Rotation .....L.6-42 Storage ...................................... 6-31
Loading......................................6-37 Symbols .......................................0-4
New ............................................ 6-43 Ventilation System .........................3-3
Pressure ....................................6-41 Air Vents .....................................3-4
Spare(See“SpareTire”) Tips ..............................................3-3
Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...6-44 Voltmeter ....................................... 2-83
9-6
W Windows.......................................2-35
WarningLights. Gages Sliding Rear Quarter ................2-36
and Indicators ................2.73. 2-79 Windshield Washer ......................2-43
Devices. Other ............................ 5-3 Rear Washer .............................2-44
Wheels Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28
Alignment and Tire Balance ...6-45 Winter Driving ..............................4-50
Aluminum .................................. 6-52 Wipers. Windshield .....................2-41
Hub CapslWheel Nut Caps .....5-23 Blade Chatter ............................6-51
Nut Torque ................................. 6-58 Blade Inserts ............................6-35
Replacement.............................. 6-45 Cleaning Blades ........................6-51
Used Replacement ...................6-46 Low Speed Delay .....................2-42
Rear Window ............................ 2-44
9-7
NOTES
NOTES
!
I
NOTES

1993 GMC Jimmy Owners

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1993 GMC Jimmy Owners

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1993 GMC Jimmy Owners

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

U

is93 GMC Jimmy Owner3 Manual

@Copyright 1992 General Motors Corporation, GMC Truck Division.

This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle,

5 This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while

7 This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and

This section tells you how to contact your GM division for

9 Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost, every subject in this

Safety Warnings and Symbols

In thebluenoticearea,we tell you about something that can damage your

Thesesymbolsare on some of your controls:

Temperature System Pressure

Herearesomeother symbols you may see.

Seats & Safety Belts

Seats and Seat Controls

Manual Front Seat I

To adjusttheseatback, lift theleverontheouterside of theseat.Release

Sitting in areclinedpositionwhenyourvehicleis in motion can be

Manual Lumbar Adjustment

If you havethisfeature,therewill be aknobwith six settingsontheoutside

The left control makestherearoftheseat go up and down.

There'sonetimetheseatback may notfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou.

Therightfrontseatofyourvehiclemakes it easy to get in and outof the

m If an easy entry rightfrontseat isn’t locked, it can move. In a

ejectedfromit. You canbeseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame

Why Safety Be/ts Work

Whenyou ride in or onanything,you go asfastas it goes. For example, if

Take the simplest“vehicle”.Suppose it’s just a seatonwheels.Putsomeone

Whenthekey is turned to RUN or START, alightwillcomeon for about

A there areinspecial things know about .safety'belts and chiidien.;And

"Children"'. Follow these rules for everyone's protection. : , ' '

First,you'llwant to knowwhichrestraint systems your vehicle has. We'll start

3. Pickupthelatchplateandpullthebeltacross you. Don’tlet it get

A: The shoulderbelt is too loose. It won’tgivenearly as much protectionthis

You can be seriously hurt if you[ shoulder belt is too louse. In a

You, can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong

A: The shoulderbelt is wornunderthe arm. It should be wornover the

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like all occupants,

If yourvehiclehas a front and rear benchseat, someone can sit in the

When you sit in a center seatingposition,youhave a lap safetybelt,which

1. Pick up the latchplateandpull the beltacross you. Don’t let it get

Thelappart of thebeltshouldbewornlowandsnugonthehips, just

A Smaller children and babies.should ahways be restrained in a child or

An unsecured child restraint can move around in a wlfision or sudden

If yourchildrestrainthasatopstrap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to

5. Pressthe“cinch”button on the retractorcover to setthe lock.

2. Put therestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructions for thechild

Children who aren’tbuckledupcanstrikeotherpeoplewho are.

Replacing Safety Belts Affer a Crash

The ignition keys are for the ignitiononly.

The door keysareforthe doors and all other locks.

Your Doors And How They Work

From theoutside:Useyour door key.

Power Door Locks

From theoutside,use your door key to unlockthetailgate assembly. Withthe

I If you have air vents on or under the instrument panel, open

Youmustmovethecarrierarmout of theway to openthetailgateglass.

If your transmitter has the snap-together design (no screw in thebackcover),